Free Social Media Management Course For 2024 (7 Hour SMMA Course)

Hello welcome to the free social media management course my name is Adam nice to meet you hope you enjoy this this is going to be me giving you as much value as I can in the most direct straightforward step-by-step easy to consume way so that you know if you want to start a social media management business that you know what to do I'm going to share with you pitfalls I fell into how I got my social media marketing Business to over $1 million in Revenue how I then use the exact skills that got that to

a million to start a second business a Consulting business which has also hit over 1 million as well now in this I am going to be focusing on social media management that consists of a few things all right we're going to look at some Consulting we're going to look at creating content for social media and managing a social media page now I'll be the first to say I'm not the only person On YouTube with a free course there's quite a lot of them out there I've got a problem though with a lot of them you

see in the social media marketing space most free courses are focused on Facebook ads meta ads Instagram Google ads paid advertising which is one type of marketing from my experience because I've done that and I've done content creation and social media management I don't think it's the best specifically for those of you that are beginners and You're trying to make like you know you don't have goals of 20 million a year like you just want to make 5K 10K a month extra alongside your job or to do it fulltime and you have goals of maybe

pushing that past to like 20 30 40 or 50k per month but you're not trying to come out with multiple Millions a year this I think is the best path and I say that because I've seen it from my journey and I've seen it from the people I've taught this to already I forgot to Mention at the start of this video but there will be a link at the top of the description where you can click the link and what you'll get access to are extra resources that I usually don't give out but I will

give them to you so make sure to click the link and fill out the information so that you can get the free bonuses a lot of free courses are also really old outdated or just messy like I've watched some free courses that are just live Zoom calls recorded for some Training and then just slapped into a free course what I want to give you is something straightforward step by step and not me just telling you here's all the things you could do like the 900 million routes that you could go down with your business no

I'm going to tell you exactly what I would do right this stuff has a allowed me to become a millionaire do the things that I you know always wanted to do and I want to give that to you so before we get Started there's three problems that you might fall into and these are the three most common problems that are holding people back from actually getting results with this number one stay away from the people that are telling you that this is saturated that there's a new shiny opportunity that is somehow a million times better

because most of these guys are packaging social media marketing and they're just slapping a new name on it and they're doing one Tiny anything different in the business model and it's now somehow a completely different business model it's not all of it comes back to this right here I started in 2019 and guess what people told me it saturated and it wasn't it wasn't I'll be real because how did I make a million with it if it was saturated and people say the same now and they probably said it back in 2016 they're going to

always say it the fundamentals of social media marketing Isn't going to get saturated problem two is you might end up learning from somebody because you saw them on YouTube or Tik talk who is faking their way to the top I have seen too many people release trainings videos starting mentorship programs teaching you how to get to 5K 10K per month they've never actually done it it I have too many stories of this it actually makes me sick so please ensure that if you're going to take anybody else's advice that It is someone that has actually

done the thing you can go on my YouTube watch video after video of me documenting my journey and problem three is you're going to get sucked into the Facebook ad meta ads paid advertising in lead generation smma I'm not against it and it does work and I've worked with people in my mentorship program that have done really really well with paid ads and it works these are the problems I see with it it's harder to sell because it's Double the price for example if I sell you social media management for $1,000 a month you pay

me $1,000 a month that's it I sell you paid advertising for $1,000 a month you pay me $1,000 and then you also have to pay for the ads you've got to pay the budget which might be ,000 2,000 or more more so when I'm selling you on 1,000 per month am I actually selling you on two 3 or 4K per month as a beginner it's easier to sell somebody on 1,000 a month for social Media management then potentially 3 or 4K a month for advertising social media management is normally lower ticket and paid advertising is

normally higher ticket it's more common with social media management to charge between 500 to about maybe 2,000 per month with advertising budgets are normally bigger so you might be charging 3 4 or 5K per month which you know sounds good right cuz you could theoretically get to 10K a month with like two clients but then if One client cancels your whole business has just crumbled I got my social media marketing business to 50K per month we didn't have 50 clients in fact we had like 60 to 70 monthly clients which just gives us you know

so much room to breed if one client cancels we're good all good and that is what I want for you I want you to have a predictable business and I want you to be staying up on a Friday night stressed because you think your third client is going to cancel and Then you're going to lose a third of your business I want you to have many clients with your risk spread look advertising is more complicated right if I'm going to run ads for my business okay there's a lot more that goes into that than just

running the social media for me to run ads for my business I have to have good funnels I have to have my conversion rate dialed in I've got to have good marketing copy on the website I've got to have tracking pixels I've Got to have email follow-up sequences like there's 101 things that I've got to do to make the ads work the ads won't just magically bring me money it'll only work if all of the things in my business are perfect or like really good so like ads are really valuable but they're technical so if

you're starting this as a beginner like trust me it's really difficult to do ads effectively so my friend I'm excited we're going to dive in I'm going to share my screen I'm Going to give you as much value as I can and don't be shy you know if you enjoy this drop a comment like the video maybe subscribe to the channel and share it you got a friend who wants to start something like this as well hey send them the link see what they think so guys let's hop right into the free social media management

course by the way I say guys all the time it doesn't mean I'm speaking to just guys guys girls whatever you identify as doesn't Matter to me so let's get into this so this model works okay there's a lot of people out there right now that are saying that this doesn't work or it's saturated Etc it's it's BS I've said this already it works it still works I still get sent messages every single day from people that I coach and Mentor that they're getting clients it works okay whatever name you are going to put on

this doesn't really matter if you if you call this social media marketing smma a Marketing agency AAA like there's literally a hundred ways to name this it doesn't matter what we are doing is learning the skill of selling a solution that a business needs and then we get paid for that thing like that is as simple as this is now as mentioned we're going to focus on social media management okay but if you want to start any other type of agency this will still give you all the tools you need it's just that my focus

is on this because This is my personal belief of what is best based on the results I got and the results of the people I've taught this to so the principles you're going to learn today they've made me quite a chunk of money I became a millionaire at age 25 um that was always a goal of mine and like I did that roughly three or so well maybe three and a half years after I started so after I started and got my first client for my marketing business I hit the millionaire status okay so some

Of that is coming from my marketing agency some from my Consulting business both have done over seven figures so both have done really well but it's all down to these principles okay so what I'm going to teach you in here if you want to do a personal brand and Consulting and coaching down the road these principles are the same okay that's the only reason I was able to have success in the second business was because of the first okay so in my Marketing agency our Peak month was this right March $54,000 in a month and

this is just a screenshot of one of my payment processes so you can see this is stripe and that's one of them with over1 million euro in volume and if you do the time frame that's like kind of like three and 1/2 years roughly okay now obviously you're not a millionaire if you make a million euro or a million dollars okay you're only a millionaire if you have essentially a million Between cash assets after tax so this next segment is going to be a little different I'm going to walk you through my story with online

business and really some of the struggles that I had before I started into the marketing world I struggled with depression for a really long time and look I used to be very hesitant about putting this out online because all the people I went to school with all my friends like they all get to see this raw side of me that hey it Doesn't feel 100% comfortable but I've shared the this with a lot of my private students and the feedback has been insane like the feedback I have gotten has made me say oh my God

I don't care if this is embarrassing this is worth it so please watch these next two segments combined you're going to get a lot of value from these and if you Rel late please let me know you know drop a comment let me know if this is you right now and just know that wherever you are At right now you can come out of that situation you can change you can be the person you truly want to be zero to millionaire and my story online business because this isn't my first rodeo many people think that

I potentially got lucky when I started back in 2019 and it all just fell into place it's not the case I have been trying this stuff for years I tried it for years before I had any real success and I'm going to walk you through that today so I've got a Series of slides here some of these are from an Instagram story I made some months back because it sums it up pretty well so I'll rush you through these slides hopefully give you the full picture and I think you're going to resonate with me if

you have tried any other way of making money online I mean trading business opportunities anything of that nature then you'll resonate with this and I want you to keep watching this Because why you failed with some of the other business models is probably why I failed with them you see a lot of other business models have flaws right meaning that they're just not as good right categorically like just a fact okay but more importantly there's a way in which I approach them and probably the way you approached them in the past that just didn't make

it work and if you approach this in that same way this might not work all right so let's get into it so I Tried a lot of side hustles as I mentioned um you know if you're like me and you've always had that burning desire for more you wanted to be better to make more to always make something of yourself I became obsessed right whether it was self-improvement working out reading meditating anything I could get my hands on to quote unquote become a better person yes I did it now part of that is the money

right part of that is okay I'm fit okay I can meditate I want To make money right I don't want to work a job I want to be able to provide for myself my family Etc so I tried a ton of things Drop Shipping private label e-commerce Twitter meme Pages Forex Trading and much more I'll talk on those in a little bit more detail in a minute the massive problem I had with most of these is yes most of them were unsustainable but we'll talk even further in a second about the mindset behind why that

didn't work you know With a lot of these I just spent months and months and months at them and then I would make nothing back so it just always felt like I'd get motivated and I'd want to start it then I'd start it and I would keep doing it but then I'd get to a couple months in and realized I've got no results here I have nothing to show for this and then I would give up up you know even when I had a little bit of a taste of success with some e-commerce and Drop

Shipping then the Fact that I picked in my is the wrong business model it all crumbled because I got kind of good at one area of the business but I wasn't good at another part which just crumbled the whole thing then I went to college all right went to college H didn't really have any other options my side hustles weren't doing too well and my parents always wanted me to so I said okay I got the points let me go ahead and do it now when I was in everybody there like I mean Everybody wanted

to get 9 to-5 jobs I felt incredibly out of place I wanted to work online I wanted to travel at this point in my life I knew I was going to become a millionaire but it wasn't a massive motivator my main motive was I want to make three to 5K a month online so that I can literally just do what I want like I can travel to Asia I can work out for half the day and nobody body cares like that's what I wanted okay that obviously changed as time went On in my final year

of college this was 2019 this was when I learned about appointment setting in social media marketing from other side hustles I had done of course I got a taste of social media marketing of digital marketing of email marketing with e-commerce right but this is where I really got introduced to these things okay so when I graduated in that same year in 2019 I actually applied for corporate jobs I went completely against what I knew I Wanted and I just felt really pressured by the people around me uh my lecturers in college and my parents to

get a job that's what I tried to do now I got rejected by all of them and the reason I got rejected when you really think about why I got rejected from all the jobs I applied to I clearly didn't want them and if you don't want something you won't put in as much effort and people will see that and that's why I didn't get the jobs so look at this point I got The opportunity to work as an appointment setter and social media marketer for a couple of online fitness coaches how did I get

those clients well one I was building my own Instagram page at the time so I was posting Health content nutrition tips fitness tips and there was a couple of people I followed where we had followed each other for a couple of months and they literally just put up job postings on their story like hey I'm hiring a an assistant to help With some social media marketing xync applied to them very low paid we're talking $10 to15 per hour very low but I knew I would get the experience that I needed so I landed these clients

not longer after starting that journey and you know it worked all right I got to 5K a month with these clients now you can probably hear the hesitation in my voice which is yes I got to 5K per month but I was working 60 hours a week 60 hours a week for 5K a month not so good and I Mean I had to work seven days a week there was no days off which was fine I was happy to do so but it just it wasn't fairly rewarded right like I knew the skills I was

learning were amazing and I'd be able to W make way more by myself so that's when I then later that year started my own social media marketing agency I'm going to touch on a minute how I actually tried to start my agency back in 2018 right note I said tried to start because I didn't start and I'll Explain exactly what happened so at this point you know my goal was very clear I wanted to make more money and have more scalability so I decided I'll start an agency where I hire other people to do a

lot of the work now you don't have to do it that way but I'll explain how I did that my goal here was to make more money give back to my family more and travel the words and I knew I wasn't going to be able to do that with my 5K a month you know side hustles that I was doing Right so the skill of appointment setting really helped me scale fast you know and this is when it started to pay off so signed my first client for the agency for 1,200 a month in November

2019 literally changed my life I mean when you first make your first money online that moment changes your life in a way I Can't Describe because your eyes open up to reality that this can happen this is a real thing and it can happen for you all right so you're going to Have a crazy experience if you haven't had that yet the second one for me was signing the agency client because this now solidified to me I was able to sign a client for a business that will actually scale right something that will actually be

able to give me the freedom I'm really looking for for so at this point I was like Oh my days like we are on to something so yeah you probably know my story within about 45 to 46 days we scaled to 10K per month right 10K per Month so we literally went from zero to 10K per month in that time frame pretty crazy and obviously that's because of the months and years of other things I had tried beforehand that allowed me to have such a fast growth but really this is what can happen for for

you I don't want you to think that you also will scale this fast because it is rare I've not found many people to scale this fast but it is possible and I want you to take that away from this so in 2021 with That same business we scaled to a record of 54k in a single month you know at this point I was pretty shocked I knew I would always get to that point right as I told you earlier I always knew I would become a millionaire now in 2021 at that point I wasn't a

millionaire but my business was making half a million a year I was very shocked right because I went from growing up in a lower middle class family where everyone in my my immediate family and cousins and Extended family everybody just works government jobs or minimum wage like that's the norm right like anybody in my family probably makes 20 to 30k a year that's a good job and they're all happy with that so to go from that to then all of a sudden um like 21 or something and I've got half a million a year business

with like a bunch of team members pretty surreal pretty surreal stuff to be honest you know this business was paying me more in a month than most of my Family would make in a year like it's it's kind of crazy so look this is the power of taking action when an opportunity presents itself all right and this is the power of actually making it happen like seeing it true to make it your because it's not going to just happen for you so at this point you know I had freedom right I could travel whenever I

wanted I could I was making more than I ever thought I would make uh I could treat my family friends to nice Things I had ultimate freedom and so that's when I started to coach consult and Mentor with people you know um we started in 2020 but 2021 is when I took it really seriously when I started coaching and mentoring in 2020 it was a very low scale because my business my agency was at around probably 15 to 20K a month it got to I think around 30k a month by the end of that year

and then going into 2021 when we started to hit these record months that's when I really Realized okay I'm oned something here right like I've figured out something that so many people I know are struggling with you know they want what I have and that's when I started doing coaching and mentoring so the business models I've tried we've looked at a few of them Twitter theme Pages was the first I started when was about 15 or 16 then some Drop Shipping some e-commerce crypto stocks Forex Trading all that selling digital products so Fitness Ebooks training

plans diet plans did all of that for some time then freelancing then social media agency and then Consulting and coaching as well now these last three I want to highlight freelancing social media marketing agency Consulting and coaching all three of these are the basis of this entire program right and these are the three where you know everything we teach you here is going to relate to to these and it's all about learning how to attract Clients to pay you money for a service or your knowledge it's as simple as that they're all just different variations

of that same model so the big question I want you to to think about right is Adam why did all the other business ventures not work right as I mentioned right the last Point here the business models did have some flaws but 90% of the problem was me was my mindset how I approached it who I thought I was so you see when you think you see an opportunity right Let's say it was Drop Shipping for me I knew it could work but a lot of the problem laid in I didn't think I could make

it work like even then there was a point where I did get some good results with it I still didn't really believe it you get me I I couldn't really believe that I was the type of person that would build this online business and it would actually make money and not just make money for one month but make money for one two three years you see if I had Focused on the identity I held the mindset I had who I thought I was I know I would have went much further with those you see I

wanted to start SM back in 2018 but I didn't start all right I spent weeks building out sales scripts the perfect pricing and packages pitch decks onboarding forms AKA all the things I thought I needed then when it came to actually taking action starting to reach out to businesses s in my service and building an agency guess What this is crazy I decided that now wasn't the right time so I spent weeks I mean weeks right prepping all this stuff thinking about it late at night getting up writing down my to-do list about what I

had to do today I did that for weeks and then I decided you know what now was not the right time absolute BS that's exactly what that was I was in the best time I was going into the final year of college yes I would have to spend 40 hours a week with college but who gives a I would have spent 20 extra hours a week building this up because why wouldn't I right I was so excited about it the problem was I just didn't think I could actually do it I didn't think I could

do it how crazy is that because I've now gone and done it but a year before it I thought nah I'm just not ready for this like I'm not the kind of person that does this I'm not some guy that can Speak to business owners I'm not naturally an introvert you know my personality type is introverted I was very shy when I was growing up I had tons of confidence issues so I just didn't think it was for me and the reason I'm telling you this is because out of the students we work with so

many of them go through this exact thing so many students will build out everything we give them and then they get to the point where they need to actually reach Out to businesses hop on sales calls and guess what it's just not the right time in fact we even had this one student I'm going to give you an example of because I think this is really powerful for you to know where he spent months at this I mean months right testing different Outreach methods testing different messages which one gets more responses so he came to

his own conclusion that he was self-sabotaging himself he knew that he was actually Purposely doing Outreach every day sending messages every day but he knew he actually didn't want it to work he didn't want a business owner to say yep cool let's have a call because he was so afraid of that part he was so afraid of actually having a call and you know potentially having his ego hurt because the business owner might call him out on the call they might just not agree with him or they might just think that he doesn't know what

he's doing so he let That basically self-sabotage all of his efforts and he did that for months so instead of that happening to you and you having that realization in 6 months I want you to have that realization now cuz if you can have it now now you should hopefully not fall into that so let's have some fun I'm going to pull up this presentation this is a presentation I built back in 2018 when I tried to start my agency and it is quite funny to look at because all of the things I did In

this are what we tell you not to do all right so this is a pitch deck I at this time thought I was going to send this to companies where I would email them or message them on social Media or LinkedIn and then I would say to them like hey my name is Adam I'm a social media marketer let me send you over some info about what we do all right again you'll learn in this program as we go through this is the complete opposite of what you should do all right so I was Going

to send this all right the first slide is our company years of experience locally based with a team of globally connected freelancer not your typical agency right immediately wrong I'm talking all about me and my company I haven't even spoke about what I can do for them I've just spoke about myself incredibly ego driven H targeted results based marketing okay so instead of picking one Service as you'll figure out later on here I am Trying to do absolutely everything like things that I had no idea about whereas could I have just done social media marketing

Twitter Instagram Facebook of course I can anybody can learn that in a week all these other things you actually need to spend a lot more time learning email marketing PPC SEO so ignore all this right just crazy common misconceptions about digital marketing all right again like super generic stuff that doesn't work saying it's too Expensive it doesn't work I again I haven't told them anything about what I can actually do for them what results I can get them how I can grow their business none of that getting started with a su providers this this this

and this again this would be filled out fully for them uh what we do we develop a strategy and a plan vertical selection right I'm using words that I've never actually used with real businesses this is the thing I want to get to you guys Right I'm using word vertical selection yes I know what that is but I've never used that ever I've worked with over 355 businesses for my agency yet I've never had to use that word in fact none of my clients would have even brought me those words right this is something you'll

probably fall into you'll probably use these technical words that you hear online right because you think it sounds good you think it sounds like you're intelligent you see the thing is people Are people people want to know black and white what do you do so when you say what we do like nobody cares about any of this stuff track and adjust for results nobody cares about that what they care about is you're going to make me money you're going to grow my business you're going to get me leads you're going to get me customers you're

going to save me time nobody cares about this stuff all right steps in our process again they Don't really care um showing the services we do yeah yeah yeah yeah cringey stuff to be honest highlight competitors and what they're doing you know that's that's a good point right show off what competitors are doing so that the person you're speaking to starts to think hm I should be doing what they're doing so that's some good stuff yeah okay do do an optimization rate of their site again fine but you know this is then delving into website

Development and a service that really I wouldn't recommend many people hop into and it keeps going right like this entire presentation just goes on and on and on okay so I don't want you to do this you'll learn later in this program this is the complete opposite of what we do the reason I wanted to highlight this is because look at the time I spent on this right I putting this together probably took a day like you know like 10 hours right from slide one to the Last slide so why spend all that time and

then not actually use it why spend all that time and then actually get to the end of the process and say no I'm not ready for this so avoid all of this focus on the mindset stuff first because otherwise you'll do all the things and then you'll confront your mindset in 3 weeks from now and then you might decide no this isn't for me so this video will be a little bit heavy I'm going to walk you through my entire story my struggle My battle with depression because I went through this before I started on

this journey and chances are if you've seen me on Tik Tok YouTube Instagram you've seen what I am now there's a part of me that you haven't seen and there's a part I want to talk about and the reason I want to talk about it is not just because I want to talk about it it's because I think you will actually learn a lot from this you if you've gone through this in the Past May resonate with this if you're yet to go through it maybe you're better equipped to go through it and because a

lot of our students are in a very similar State maybe not as down and you know as far gone as I may have been but pretty down okay so this is why it's important lot of the students we have in our program are miserable like I mean miserable right they hate getting up in the morning they fall into self sabotaging sprees and you know this Behavior is not going to make it for you so you need to cut this Behavior you need to figure out why are you doing all these things first then you need

to start correcting them and you might not figure out the exact reason but you need to start to try to understand it because if you just try and put a Band-Aid over this right it's not going to work okay so let's get into it so that's Young Adam on the left all right I'm going to talk about him in a second current Adam Is on the right just a couple of recent photos to show where I'm at right at bottom right hand corner that's me speaking at a mastermind event where students attended you know never

thought I would have done that uh then there's a photo of me and my mom having a glass of wine together right giving back to her giving her holidays trips all that good stuff there's a photo of me after I finished my first marathon right with my mom and my brother I should have kept That part in that's better than just looking at me and then there's a photo of me just in a nice hotel right a very nice hotel and you know this photo really stood out to me right because I've got a Macbook

which is obviously you know couple thousand I've got a remarkable which is a $500 notepad and I'm wearing a Rolex right it's a lot of material things and I don't want to stress that but those material things are because of the inner Work they're because of the inner Journey that I went on okay so you know where I'm currently at you know I've got freedom So Young Adam if you look at that photo that's probably when I'm 16 or 17 so if you don't want to know my whole story you can click away from this

video I don't feel like everyone needs to watch this some of you will want to watch this and will need to watch this okay I'm going to go a little bit deeper Here I'm going to be very vulnerable I'm going to open up to you on a level that I've probably never opened up uh publicly ever before so the main message if you decide that you don't want to watch all this completely cool I don't take offense is I want you to understand that if you're going through anything deep dark you know you have depressive

thoughts I want you to realize as I mentioned before that you need to take stock of that don't just say oh it is What it is work harder no like take stock of it right because if you put a Band-Aid over it nothing will work nothing will heal that right there's a lot of guys online right now saying hey depression doesn't it's not real la la doesn't matter what you think about that if you know you have something that is just eating you up alive you do need to work on that you you need to

work on it okay so right how did um how did we get here so at that Point in my life that's when I had cystic acne that actually wasn't the worst that's when I was actually comfortable enough to take photos and take a selfie there was a period where I wouldn't do that for at least a year like I was literally scared to look in the mirror okay so before that time period I was always very shy very you know just very shy as a kid and for a long time I just thought that's who

I am I'm always going to be this way it is what it is when I really look at it it's because I was very insecure I wasn't happy with how I looked I wasn't happy with my appearance how confident I was and because of that that just made me less confident right we looked at this earlier in some of the mindset training how it's all a feedback loop so when you start going down negative it just it can keep going negative and negative right so cystic acne uh you can see it on my Face you

know you would notice it right but at the same time you would be able to look past that whereas I taught at that time in my life I genuinely believed everybody was staring at me I believed everybody thought I looked horrible disgusting repulsive like my my brain my thought process was incredibly negative this then led to a second issue with my skin you'll notice my lips in that photo I was on this medication called Accutane some of you might have had it or heard of it it helps with acne it really really helped as you

can see on my face like I don't have the cysts anymore I have the scar tissue from the cysts but I don't have cysts and yeah it worked but the side effect was that it dried out your skin specifically your lips and it developed into this weird crazy issue where the skin on my lips wouldn't really grow properly for another year so all in all I was in this Period for two years so I had two full years of being really depressed I mean I gave up on my friends right I remember this one time

vividly it was like a Saturday night I'm 17 and I'm laying in bed watching Netflix because I'm just I am down you know I am deep deep down and my friends literally call over to the house because I was just ignoring group chat and they're like you know come out man like what are you doing sitting here and at the time I didn't even do that Like I couldn't even face to get up and go out like it was bad bad stuff so in this journey you know because I was in school and I was

always around people I I felt like the only route was a very bad route so and again even saying this feels kind of weird you know I've only said this a few times to a few people but yeah I genuinely thought I would kill myself um yeah it's weird to say yeah I thought I would kill myself because I thought There was no way there was no future where I could be happy and that's a really really scary thought like I literally thought that I could never experience happiness thought I could never be confident that

I could never be uh proud of any achievements to do great things I genuinely thought I will always always be depressed I will be always unhappy I'll never be loved that that was my thought process and that's crazy right for me to say that and maybe you Have felt this maybe you felt that same way and it's it's it's amazing looking back to see how negative you can go if if you don't know this stuff that we've talked about right your identity your beliefs your thought processes it's crazy how dark you can go because I

had a loving family I had a brother and a sister that were always really nice to me I had friends right I had all the things to make a very happy life my family weren't broke right like we Always had enough food on the table you get me like I had so many so many good things so many good things and all I could think about was I am destined to never be happy it was my thought process every day wake up unhappy I'm never going to be happy now the reason I'm telling you all

this is so that you know the dept all right it wasn't that I just had a couple of spots and I thought oh I don't look too good today no like I was going to kill I wanted to kill myself That's literally how I thought so where it changed for me was there was a couple moments so there was a moment when I went to my doctor and you know I used to go to him very often and he said yeah I'll prescribe you anti-depressants so that was the first moment where I realized okay I

need to change this so he said that to me and I said no I'm not going to take those because I knew that was not the answer and I knew all that would do would would just dull my brain It would bring me down or maybe it would falsely bring me up but it wouldn't solve the problem I knew the problem was deeper than just a couple pills so I said no not going to take those so that was first point the second point and this is where it really changed was I went to a

appointment for like a skin doctor can't think of the name for skin doctor and I come out of the appointment and I was with my mother I'm in the car she's driving I'm sitting in the Passenger seat and the Sun is just beaming in the car window like I even feel emotional just saying this is weird the okay sun is beaming in the window and it's like in my eyes you know when the sun is like literally in your eyes and I literally just think to myself the only reason I am so unhappy and so

depressed is because of me and this was a crazy moment I mean my entire world Changed because I realized here I am I'm 17 sitting in the car with my mom she just drove me here she you know is is so helpful she's so emotionally supportive and all I can think about is poor me like so you know so self-obsessed and in that moment even though I realized this is all me I I I got this crazy wave of of Joy this crazy wave of joy that I'm going to change it was insane I cannot

describe it and Hopefully I'm doing an okay job at this but I liter couldn't describe I went from I want to kill myself to oh my God I am the problem to I'm the only one that can fix this and now I know the answer I have to change my life drastically radically I've got to change everything about who I am what I think what I believe and what I do every day and that's exactly what I did I went on this Extreme extreme Journey right and the reason I say extreme is because I say

this and most people are like why the would you do all that this is just an example okay you don't need to do any of these things if you fix your mindset these were just physical things I did that helped me fix my mindset so cold showers every day if you live in Ireland you know it's already pretty cold so doing cold showers every day is not fun cold showers every day uh no fap no Pornography maybe you've heard of this maybe you haven't this one of the biggest things I think every specifically guys because

more guys struggle with with this you need to stop doing this okay um I could make a whole separate video on this but that's something I did I realized okay I'm addicted to pornography H that's clearly not making me any happier because it's completely up my worldview of women but it's also up my Self-identity and how I feel about myself because every time I do it I feel miserable every time I do it I feel like if somebody had saw me do this I would be disgusted so I decided why the am I doing that

that's completely ridiculous so I stopped doing that really hard to break that habit but I did it uh quit for an entire year straight I remember it very clearly uh loads of other things started training much harder at the gym started Cleaning up my diet uh stopped binge watching YouTube Netflix all of that started listening to podcast self-improvement reading books about personal development I mean anything you can think of I did it meditated yoga uh spirituality the whole nine yards and it worked it worked really really well I mean in one year I was unrecognizable

like literally I would be at a family event we'd have them maybe three four times a year and I remember being at a Family event and people just could feel it people could feel it they could feel my confident energy they could feel that I had become a new person and it was amazing it was absolutely amazing and that only changed because I decided to change this is the message of this video you will only change when you decide you will change because if nothing changes then nothing will change so hopefully you have not had

the same experience as me hopefully you'll never Have this but there's something beautiful about an experience like this when you get an experience like this and you go so low so deep so dark your brain does everything in its power to never go there again never you you never want to go there again you know how scary and how painful that experience is so there you have it folks that is a quick recap of that story I hope you you really actually got some value from this Because I think if I had heard more people

talk about this when I went through it I would realize that there's a way out of it whereas during during the time for me anyway I would just see other people online they looked happy I would see people I went to school with and they were happy they were confident and I used to just always think to myself some people just get delts this hand some people just get delt this shitty hand And they have to go through it some people don't and and those people have their own struggles of course I'm not taking you

away from that but if you've had this struggle hopefully you've learn from it and if this resonates with you right now and some of the stuff I've told you like hits a nerve with you good good because you'll have the realizations I had you'll have those moments where you realize it's all on you and that realization is scary but It's also beautiful because you know everything in your life is your fault all the good things all the bad things so you have full control how empowering is that you have full control but in this this

is what you are going to learn this is the rough curriculum there's a lot more you're going to learn in here these are just the main points okay and then we're going to Tim stamp the video so that hopefully you can just skip around and it's easy to follow I'm going To walk you through the opportunity how this made me over a million in just one business and as I mentioned I then use the same principles for another business that also has done over a million I'm going to show you why you don't need to

set up a business for this and you can get started today like literally today I'm going to show you the softwares that I use for my smma to first get it to six figures and then seven figures how I onboarded over 355 clients the mindset Behind this all because I can give you everything but if you don't truly embody and become the type of person that's going to become a millionaire or make the person that makes 5 grand or or 10 grand a month this won't work you need to pay attention to this I'm going

to show you what to sell how much you should charge should you become a freelancer doing it all yourself or an agency owner with team members finding a niche crafting an offer understanding How to find clients that will pay you this is the number one s after thing cuz it's the part that most people struggle with the sales tactics I've used for SM specifically how to hire a players and then I'm going to give you some bonuses such as me building out a viral marketing strategy in 15 minutes for a fitness coach at how I

personally post hundreds of pieces of content a month really with not a lot of time for my own social media and then also if I was to Do this again starting again tomorrow the exact road map I would follow to go from 0 to 10K per month so let's get into it let's start with how and why the opportunity actually works and why it worked for me and all the people that I've taught this to okay so what you're going to learn in here can be done you don't have to have a big social media

presence if you want to have a social media presence that will help but it's not necessary there are people uh Specifically on YouTube a lot of people saying that you have to have a personal brand it's not true it's not true because every day at a week I'm getting messages from my students that don't have personal Brands saying hey Adam I just sign a client for $2,000 a month how did they do that without a personal brand cuz there's ways to make it work okay you only need a couple hours a day to do this

now I will caveat this and say look I would love for you to have More time to put into this because if you put in 4 hours 5 hours hey 10 hours a day you'll most likely get better results but when you're starting I want you to start with 1 to 2 hours now you might be thinking why like if I have 10 hours why wouldn't I spend 10 hours it's pretty simple but when somebody works with me oneon-one and they work really hard 10 hours a day and they do it 7 days a week

7 hours a week they normally get less results than the person that's More on a time schedule 2 hours 3 hours a day because that person is going to be more focused in the time that they do have person who goes like all in from day one tends to burn out really fast and I want you to do this get results and do it for a long time and to do that we need to make sure you don't burn out so couple hours a day is all you need to get started and the beauty of

this is it works literally like wherever the market is going how the economy is looking Whatever war is happening in the world it doesn't matter like genuinely I've seen this for myself over the last few years but even the years before that all the marketing businesses that I studied and how they survived these times it's it's a Recession Proof business which is why it makes sense to do it because these skills and principles you're going to learn are going to last you whatever scenario we're in in the next few years it doesn't take a lot

of money I started My marketing business with like 50 I'll get into what I spent that money on and all of that very soon for you and you know most people that do this and take it seriously like they make a full-time income within the first 3 months like that's the average we see with people I work with now obviously there's people that don't and there's people that work with me or they consume a course like this and they don't make a full-time income in 3 months but it's the same as When when people go

to college there's always loads of people that go to college and fail their exams don't really do anything and then don't get the results it's the same you don't need any employees if you want to hire people you know to take the workload off yourself you can do that and I'll show you how but you don't need any employees you don't need experience I know a lot of people think that you do you really truly don't anybody that starts has to Start so where right so like me now starting a business yes I've got experience

but when I started I didn't have experience like this is just the way of the world you can start with no experience trust me I've seen beginners with no experience make a full-time income in a couple of months and I've seen it a lot of times not just once you don't need to post content on social media all right I want to make that really clear again and you don't have to Be an expert and frankly Ai and the craziness that has come with that has made this a lot easier and it's not made it

easier for business owners to do this without you because most of them don't know how to do this they don't know about the tools but AI is now going to make your job way easier all right cuz look average business owner this is the profile 51 years old they don't know how to Market their business on social media they don't have the time to do it they Don't want to do it they don't want to pay some person in their office who doesn't know this stuff you know Sally in the back hey Sally here's two

grand a month to go figure out social media they don't want to do that cuz we' got to pay her a full-time wage full-time employee and she's never done this before she has no incentive to really do this well cuz she's getting paid by that one business so this is your average business owner that you're going to be selling to and If you're young this is amazing right I started when I was quite young where most business owners I spoke to were double my age that's amazing because they see me as this young dude that

understands social media uses it and is in touch with the market and if you're older you can also use that to your advantage because you can pull the card of hey I've got more experience and I'm more knowledgeable about this and all of that so whether you're old or young Doesn't matter there's an advantage to both of those so before we get into this this is really important youve probably heard of the the power or really how effective visualization is Law of Attraction all these things and I'm not saying you have to believe in those

things but I want you to at least take 10 seconds to just imagine what would your life look like okay how would you feel where would you be what would you be doing if you were making an extra 1,000 a month an extra 10,000 a month sit with that feel it because that is what you are committing yourself to step into unless you decide you're going to quit if you decide that you're going to commit to this and make this work that is what you're going to get like there's only one way you don't get

there which is you give up and I know you're not a quitter so let's keep going so look if you want to make an extra 5K a month right two rough ways one you get 10 Businesses paying you 500 a month each or five pay you 1,000 a month each all right the this is the the two basic routes you can take with this business and look I've I've done a lot guys like I I've done a lot I I think this is the least riskiest business business model I've tried and I've tried Drop Shipping

e-commerce building a YouTube channel personal brand I've tried crypto I've tried Forex I've tried everything you can probably think of everything you've Seen online the most profitable and the most sustainable like this works for years a lot of these things can work for one or two months this works for years and for me personally what this meant was that in 2019 when I got this letter or this email saying hey we're not going to accept you for this graduate program this job I said oh cool fantastic I'm going to start a business I'm going to

do that and I'm going to start a business that doesn't even take money to Start so I don't have to worry about getting funding or anybody supporting me I can do this myself okay so for me pursuing this allowed me to not get a job cuz I applied the jobs got denied and then was in a position where I was like I have to figure this thing out and this pushed me to figure it out for myself now obviously since then I've had a nice lifestyle and I've enjoyed it very much traveled the world lived

in beautiful Apartments bought a villa done Stuff that again I wouldn't have picture of myself doing at age 20 but I did right I'm not materialistic I'm not going to flash this in your face too much I just want to show you the proof of like this if you do this right if you make a lot of money and you're smart and you don't just blow your money like you can use that money to buy assets okay I bought a villa I bought a Rolex just things that will hold value and hold my money and

it means that I have these Things to fall back on right so if I want to retire early I'm set like I can live in a villa I'm cool I'm set and it means that my family have a place to be you that's really important for me so these two big achievements for me personally wouldn't have been possible without this business travel the world this is something that's really important to me because making money is for freedom and that's why I wanted to travel work remotely you know I wanted To provide for my loved ones

give back treat them to trips holidays all that good stuff because the things are things experiences is what life is all about and you know this is me as a funny one me in Mexico um with a family I lived with and I visited them again after five years and my point is this this is going to allow you to do what you want all right so if that sounds good to you this is what this business is and what it isn't all right so it's not a Get-rich quick opportunity it's going to work for

two months make you a bunch of money you cash out and you're a millionaire hell no all right it took me over 3 years to get to the millionaire status and for many it will take longer okay it's not the sexiest business model on Earth it's pretty basic but it works and that's the main thing here it's not a new like hidden way of making money online cuz any new hidden way will last for like 2 months and then It will be gone and it's not a trend or a fat like this has been around

for a very very long time right what we're doing is we are selling online services to other businesses it's not sexy at all you know most of running a business is not hopping on Jets taking meetings selling Like the Wolf of Wall Street no it's essentially repeating the same task that get you results which is sending messages taking calls speaking to business owners like that is that is it Okay it's not super sexy and make this ingrained in your brain okay it's not going to be a thing that you start in in 30 to 90

days that you've you just become a millionaire like get that idea out of your head that is not going to happen with this but I can guarantee you that if you put in the work and take this seriously you will make money with this and you will make good money and sustainable money the good thing about this specifically is that online Marketing has literally been around since the internet began like the first marketing agencies were actually around before like all the way back the way we're talking hundreds of years ago there was literally marketing agencies

around back then so this is a thing that is just transformed in the digital way but it's not brand new and the good news is is when something has been a lot around for like 300 years you know that this thing is going to last for many Many years like it's not just going to go okay that the beauty of it now is that you do it online meaning that you can do it lean without an office without full-time employees your profits can be so much higher this business model is really flexible okay okay so

you could start a very like simple marketing business such as a graphic design agency so basically you know graphic design you know Photoshop you know canva businesses pay you to create any type of graphic That's a super simple way of looking at this a more complex way of looking at this is that you've got a Content creation distribution short form content Agency for example taking one specific type of graphic design or video editing and getting really hyper focus on that one thing and getting really good at that one thing and then that's your business okay

so you can make this as complex as you want or or really as simple and as basic as you want profit Margins is one of the reasons I was attracted to this in the first place is that you know unlike Drop Shipping e-commerce SAS or any of those that have really low margins and a high upfront cost with this you can have 100% profit margin for me personally I didn't want to have 100% profit margin because that would mean I'd have to do all the work I wanted to build a team and have more scalability

so I could take more time off make good money but have people Doing work for my client in that case you're going to look between 60 to8 80% on average being your profit margin which is still fantastic all right you could be running a 20,000 a month business with a let's just say 60% profit margin like it's like 12 Grand profit per month and you could do that with the whole thing being managed by other people which like try and do that with Drop Shipping and I'll be very impressed it's cash flowing okay like Old

school service providers what they do is they deliver the work to their client and they wait for them to pay them typically on a like 30 60 90day basis this is not what we do we get paid first and then we deliver the service to our clients this gives you security so when you sign a deal today you don't have to go hustle and do the work for that deal and hope to get paid in two months from now no you do the work now you get PA you get paid first then you Do the

work and you get paid every single month you see that monthly cash flow is key consistent income recurring coming in every single month it's predictable okay you see when you sign a client you're going to do two things sign them on a monthly retainer and sign them on at least a 3-month minimum contract so that means if if you agree to pay me $1,000 a month you're committing at least $11,000 a month for the next 3 months and then after that 3 Months it goes to a rolling monthly setup this is going to give you

so much security because that means if you make 10K this month you know with a high level of confidence I'm going to make hey at least 6 7 8 9 maybe 10K in the next month and the month after that and that's assuming you don't bring on new business which is like hey if you get to 10K a month it's you're going to have the skill of acquiring new clients so you're never never going to drop below That unless you slip which can happen of course but keep on top of it I'll show you how

to do that okay all right there's a lot of longevity in this business you see like I know people that have been running service-based businesses like this for over 10 years like well over 10 years so it's very easy to Pivot change the service you offer for example in my agency right we started with content creation and social media management Then we switched to content and Consulting and we made other changes throughout the process okay so it's very easy that when you have the foundation set that you can pivot offer a slightly different service change

your offer a little bit this gives you longevity okay it means that you can last in this business for a very very long time what I really liked is that I didn't have to show my face when I started this I show my face now right cuz I post on social Media but that's only for my Consulting business for my marketing agency I did not have to do that so if you don't want to show your face you don't have to you don't have to be an expert I've I've gone through this already but look

you already have experience from jobs you work you went to college you went to school like you have experience you don't need direct experience trust me you've probably seen and still so many people blow up on YouTube on Tik Tok on Instagram and you've seen what they've done You' just got to consolidate that information in your head to where you can now actually use that and give that to a business owner to get them results okay we're going to talk more about how do you sign clients and make money without experience later on again I

make this really clear like I'm not just telling you things that have worked for me I'm telling you things that I've taught to hundreds of people like as as I record this video right now over 108 people have thought this too are making 5 10 15 20 30k per month and Beyond these are are just some of the people some screenshots on here and you know my idea here is just to show you that ordinary people can do this right like a lot of these people you see here didn't start as like this highly motivated

person that is like you know a robot and we'll just make money some of these people here were like shy not super Confident you know didn't believe in themselves that much but they follow the very very proven process they got the right help and now they are that person and that's exactly what can happen for you okay I won't bore with results but again this is really important for you to visualize understand that this actually happens like not just you think this can happen like this happens every day of the week like every day of

the week there's somebody new out there That's hitting their first 5 or 10K a month with this exact business all right Leia from the Netherlands this is back a screenshot she sent when she was hitting her first 9k per month it's Carson from Belgium his first 5k month Oliver his first 30k month you'll see we send out these little Awards to some of our students just to show them hey we appreciate the work you've put in the results you've gotten have this little award this is Rachel from Ireland first 10K a month re 6.7k a

month like the list goes on Rosario 15K per month Shane 5K per month you know it works now okay but if you still don't this is why anybody gets hired right simply put the reason you would hire somebody is that they have something that's in demand that you want and it's valuable okay so we're selling a service that is in demand and valuable to businesses you see when we sell social media to a business what we're saying is look this Thing is going to save you time it's going to make you more money or it's

going to do both and your goal is to figure out which business owner wants what all right which one wants to save time which one wants to make more money which one wants to do both and that's how you sell this thing of social media to them it's understanding what they want and giving them exactly that here's an example okay so for one of my clients in my marketing agency we gain them 80,000 followers all right let that sink in 880,000 followers in three months and we did this with content creation and social media management

okay St blur out to details okay hopefully you don't find this client but maybe if you dig deep enough if you will this is a 3-month journey they started with 83,000 followers and we got them to 164,000 followers in 3 months all right so how did we do that let me walk you through some of it here in a sec now more Importantly though is we didn't just get them new followers they got new business so like on a weekly basis they would be getting hundreds of clicks to their website all right so this is

just one screenshot where they got 827 in a onee period it's like8 clicks a day if they have you know a conversion rate of 5% and they sell a product worth 50 or $100 do the maths they're making good money from this and that's all from traffic that we've brought to their business um Their engagements all right like look at this we made this post simple graphic 3,000 likes 64 comments 608 shares and 2,141 saves and you can look at all the breakdowns here powerful powerful stuff when you know how to use this correctly so

if you want to learn like step by step how I did that and how a business could get that kind of result on social media I'll be able to to show you and you see that is what's possible you got it this works it still works and it will Continue to work all right so we're going to talk more about the term agencies you might have heard of it before but look like an agency is a business that's that's what it is and it's a business that offers a service often times on another individual's behalf

okay so I'm going to give you some examples here of massive companies that are agencies that you probably didn't even know of so for example right Uber worths 91 billion probably even More than that right all they do is they connect people who need a ride with people who have cars and they charge a fee for doing so they're like the middleman right they say this person needs this you can do this fantastic meet in the middle and they take a cut that's how they make the money that's how they make money okay Airbnb Airbnb

is the exact same thing you got a property this person needs a property boom right like they're just middlemen That's essentially the business okay now you might be thinking okay yeah cool makes sense but why do people hire these companies right Uber doesn't have any cars Airbnb doesn't own property so why would I trust them why would I pay their money it's because of convenience and experience right simply put right these businesses provide something very valuable a taxi or rental property and then they make it really convenient and secure for me to get it all

right so They provide value and it's convenience and I'll pay the money so similarly right when businesses hire online service providers like marketers they make their lives easier you see where I'm going with this you see businesses have a service right that they need or iome they desire and then you know look most businesses want to make more money they want to grow on social media they want more leads right they want to spend less time working they want to enjoy Their success more how do we do that social media and it doesn't have to

just be social media but what we're doing is we're giving them an in demand service that they want it's convenient it's going to make their life easier right so we can ED hire people to do this on our behalf kind of like how Airbnb and and Uber do it or you can do it yourself if you want to do it yourself that's fine there's a certain point you'll be able to scale to with that and if you want to Do the Airbnb Uber model and kind of be the middleman per se or middle woman right

that's fine you can do that as well that's the the route I went down but I've also done the do-it-yourself route as well so I can give you advice and inputs on all of it so now you're most likely thinking all right fair enough then why is a business going to pay me if they know they could just hire a freelancer directly like why would they pay me for this service if they Know they could hire a video editor directly well think about it like this why wouldn't you go out buy all the ingredients for

a hamburger cook the meat put it all together yourself and then why do you go to McDonald's think about that it's you know they're making a profit by charging you more or right it's because of hassle it's convenient it's the same in this right when a business for example that business that paid us right where we gained 80,000 Followers in 3 months they knew that we would of course get some other people to do some of the work and they knew that they could also just find those people but it would be too difficult for

them they would like they would have to figure that out right find the person set up the deal all that whereas they can just come to us and like we've got it those guys are they're successful they're making money so they don't mind spending a 1,000 2,000 a month with us Because know look I'll just pay these guys and they'll get it done see that's what they're paying for it's that convenience and it's that ease of service so that's what we're that's what we're selling okay there's also a hidden cost of hiring and a lot

of businesses understand this okay so you see businesses typically spend thousands when hiring like they they have to pay to find an employee so like before they even pay the employee that they're going To hire they have to pay someone to train them take interviews with them right then figure out paid holidays benefits sick leave all these things and pay them a full-time W as well if they go with us they don't have any of that they just pay a small monthly fee we handle absolutely everything and then we don't have to take on this

responsibility either cuz we don't hire employees we use Freelancers and contractors the difference simply put is That on a contract basis right if I'm working with a graphic designer from Pakistan like if I need to fire him I might need to give him a 30-day notice and he understands this and I understand this and it's a mutual agreement so it is no hard feelings all right so it gives me the flexib ability to change and you know hire somebody else and fire him and if I need to shut down operations or do something differently all

good so when a business hires you They're going to spend much less money you know cuz no benefits no paid time off no sick leave they don't have to spend the time doing the hiring process they get to just go straight to a specialist who's going to do one thing really well just going to handle everything for them and then they get the experience and the convenience of you just handling all the moving Parts okay so in this our goal is really to just help you figure out what you can Offer to a business that

will allow you for them to see you as this The Specialist the person that's going to handle things for them and so that you can of course make some goddamn money now I'm going to walk you through why you don't need to set up a business a legal entity because that process can take anywhere from a week to multiple weeks and I don't want you to hinder yourself I don't want you to have to jump through extra work just to get this Thing off the ground okay now disclaimer I'm not a tax expert lawyer accountant

none of what I'm going to tell you right now is financial advice these are just observations of what I've seen many people do I have to put this at the beginning because I'm going to tell you what people I've worked with have done but that doesn't necessarily mean that this is advice for you you should go to a tax professional legal adviser someone who can give you the real correct advice Now this is my opinion when to think about tax in legal for most of you it doesn't make sense to think about this early on

right it's easier to make an extra 1K by getting new clients than it is to save 1K by optimizing your taxes you know looking at company structure setup if you're making less than like 3 to 5K per month now look some countries will require you to declare your intention to start a business before you've made any money but most have Tax-free threshold meaning that you don't have to start a business you don't have to set anything up and you can make a certain amount of money taxfree or in some cases you can make that money

and then back dat it meaning that if you made three grand for three months straight and then you pass the threshold you could just go back and say hey look I'll set up now but just so you know for three months I made this amount of money and all should be fine okay you see when You're starting off this is what most people do when a client or a business agrees to pay them they'll get that payments directly in their personal bank account um and in this case you'll most likely if you pass a threshold

pay a personal or freelancer tax now this is often more than if you had a business okay like if you have a business normally your your tax burden is normal Ally lower and what a business you can expense things so for example I run a Marketing online business and I buy this phone for my business I can expense that through the business which means I can get a heavy discount on the item essentially because I pay less taxes okay again so just observations things for you to think about now one of the reasons it would

make sense to set up an LLC a limited liability company free zone company right is that you can expense things this is a really really simple example but it's one you should Understand understand okay so let's say I make 100k this year I pay my team 30k and then I make other business Investments a total of 50k so all in all between team and investment 80k that means I would theoretically only pay tax on the 20k that's left over okay so expenses in this case might be a company car that I bought a rent for

a home office at softwares I pay for ETC and you know just a very glorified example if you look at Trump's tax bill in 2017 That's what it looked like all right so this is why people set up businesses this is the main reason now for yourself as a beginner I'm going to assume you're a beginner this is what I would do myself not advise to you I would scale my business to at least 2 to 5K per month I would track everything okay I'd have a spreadsheet tracking money coming in money going out all

details so I have complete Clarity on how much I'm actually making how much is profit and Then how much tax I would owe when I hit whatever threshold is there now once I've gone past this part okay once I've gone past 5K per month I would then set up a business an LLC limited liability company wherever I'm based okay now at this point as well is when it normally makes sense to start considering relocating either your business or your own personal residency to a lower tax country uh again I wouldn't never look at this if

you're under 5K per month and In some cases you'd want to wait to maybe even 10K per month um to to get the benefits of doing that okay there's no point of going to Dubai if you're making 2K a month you won't save much money and you'll just spend more money on the cost of living okay so make sure you're making enough before you start looking into this now please please keep track don't be silly so many people do not track this stuff and you ask them how much they make and they're like oh Yeah

5K a month but they have no idea if that's actually how much they make they just think cuz they like count it up how many clients they have and what they paid like you need to track how much you're making how much you're spending so you actually know profit how much of that you're keeping okay it's going to be super simple get yourself a Google sheet a spreadsheet something simple separate your bank accounts okay so like if you just have one personal bank Account don't use that one personal bank account for everything right like set

up a second revolute a transfer wise a separate account that you can use for this specifically keep it separate this is the bare bare minimum so now I'm going to walk you through the softwares that I used for my smma really important to note this none of these are necessary I'm going to be walking you through upwards of 10 to 15 softwares that I used now a lot of these I only started To use as I got more clients as I hired more team members as the business scal when I started I started with bare

minimum the only thing I really paid for when I started was a domain so like a website URL and a professional email so instead of Adam gmail.com it would be Adam my agency name.com all right that was pretty much all I went for at the start so it's important you watch this so you understand what these softwares are how you can use them and some of These you can use them from day one and some of these will only make sense when you're past a certain point a lot of these softwares have free trials so

I'd recommend trying the free trial at least test it out see if you get value from it um and some of them just have paid options meaning it only makes sense to use these when you're actually making money okay so we're going to roll the video explaining these softwares now so you can understand them but just keep This in mind it's not necessary I don't want you to have to spend unnecessary money and I think there's a lot of value in keeping things very very lean from the start not overextending yourself and really focusing on

keeping 100% if not 90% of the revenue you make as profit in the beginning stages so I built my social media marketing agency to seven figures and here are the 15 softwares that I use to run that agency I'll be honest it' be easy for me to just pay For 30 or 40 extra softwares because there are so many options out there like I literally used to be be so confused on which software I would choose because for each software you choose there's probably three to four Alternatives at a minimum so I'm going to explain

to you the 15 softwares what they do and why I chose them now a very very important note is that my social media marketing agency primarily delivered content creation and social media management to Our clients so if you're running an agency that's email marketing or Facebook ads there are certain softwares that I'm going to use that you won't need and there's certain softwares that I don't have that you will need the softwares need to make sense for your agency and to be honest a lot of these softwares are going to be very very useful for

you even if you don't have a social media marketing agency if you run a coaching or Consulting business like I Do now you'll be able to use a lot of these softwares in that exact business as I still do so let's hop into it let's waste no time software number one is slack this is where we communicate with team members but also where we communicate with clients so we have channels and groups internally for our team and channels and groups externally for client before we use slack we primarily communicated on WhatsApp with our clients which

is good but it's very Informal it also meant that a lot of our clients would literally just ring us right they would just call our our phone number through WhatsApp and that's not something we wanted when we're building our agency we wanted to build it to be a scalable company not a freelance business where clients would call us at any hour of any day by moving to a platform such as slack we remove that option it also meant it could be way more organized for example when a client Would join us there would be two

channels we would set up for the client one and one for my team and the client management team so that meant that we could organize very easily everything like slack is awesome let's pop up some screenshots of the features you can even do reminders in slack so you can literally set yourself daily reminders you can have daily workflows and automations for example we used to have a workflow that would send a message to All of our team members saying hey it's time to check in write in what you did today software number two is stripe

probably heard it stripe collects payments allows you to Auto build your clients super simple stuff but very very useful I have looked at other payment processors you have PayPal you've got other softwares like Drive cart stripe definitely seems to be the best and the stripe is often the the software that is used by many of these other Payment Solutions for example there might be a software that looks new and flashy but it's actually just using stripe they've just made it look different on the front end number three go visually this is a tool that allows

you to upload content that is then sent to a client for approval so I'm sure if you have an agency and you have client you can imagine you sending an image whether that's an ad creative or a social media graphic or a video you've created to a Client and then waiting for them to manually email you back saying hey change this change that that's that's just a waste like literally that is the biggest waste ever go visually removes that completely what it allows you to do is it allows you to have your designer upload the

image that then sends a notification to the client over here client then leaves feedback and they can drag and drop and highlight things very easily so they don't have to type out Change the top right corner they just literally circle around the top right corner that then notifies the designer and the designer can then finish it and complete it and all of that happens without you needing to connect the two people so it means that you can connect designer to client without them knowing who each other is that makes sense that's why it's super useful

software 4 is zoom pretty simple host your calls why Zoom it's more commonly used than Google meets and Skype so it just made sense software 5 is cly C is the tool we use to allow prospects and clients to book calls onto our calendar so that we are not going back and forth with clients or Prospect saying hey does Thursday at 3:00 p.m. suit we just say boom here's the link book it in again there are tons of Alternatives I haven't really use any others so Acuity scheduling or go high level or other softwares that

have calendars could also Work software six is active campaign this is what we use for our CRM to track our leads from cold leads all the way to the hot leads AKA Ka the businesses that are very likely to sign up with us very soon but we also use this for email marketing so I've used this in the coaching business and in the ageny extensively and if you study the industry most people use active campaign and when most people use a software it tends to mean that it's pretty good Especially for emails one of the

biggest struggles is if you have a big email list making sure that your emails are landing in the correct inbox and they're not going to spam so if everybody's using active campaign that just signals to me that active campaign probably has good deliverability could be wrong on that but it works for me software seven is later later is just a social media scheduling tool again there are tons of Alternatives this is just something We've used for the longest time so the the pain the cost of US switching to a new software although we might save

let's say $20 a month it's not worth the emotional pain and the pain of switching our team over to a new software and that's some that's a side note but just keep that in mind if you were paying for a software and I've listed a cheaper software it does doesn't mean you should change because often times the time and energy you'll spend changing over could Cost you more software eight is canva if you're run a Content agency or an ad agency where you create ad creatives I'm sure you use canva we didn't use this for

the longest time and we had all of our designers create everything in Photoshop but to be honest we got to a point where we realize a lot of what we're creating could be done in canva with canva Pro and with the right features so we didn't switch everything over to canva but we switched probably 30% of our content to canva simp simp because of the collaboration that you can do in Canada it just means it's easier for us to pick up on a design that a designer started last week but then didn't finish and we

can just pick it up in real time software n9ine is Art list this is a music software so we can get uncopyrighted music that we can use for YouTube videos for Tik toks for Instagram reals and other content again tons of Alternatives this one just Seemed pretty good software 10 is free pick similar to artless but this is for images and I think you can get some videos as well just stock footage so software 11 is Hub staff this is a really really useful software if you have team members that are working on an hourly

basis so if I'm paying graphic designer or a virtual assistant per hour I can have them install Hub staff on their on their PC and this will take screenshots of their screen I believe It's three times every 10 minutes and it will track their activity so for example if a team member and this has happened to me I had a virtual assistant that was good but when we actually looked at his work he was doing 6 hours a week but he was actually only working 40 hours a week we realized that there was literal hours

where he would just have his his laptop open on a Google sheet and he would just be flicking back and forth between YouTube videos and then like the Sheet would never change he wouldn't do any work on the sheet he would just watch the video for a minute click back onto the sheet click back onto the video and just keep doing that so yes hubstaff is a little invasive but look at it this way when you are being watched you act differently right like if you think that there's you know film crew following you around

all day you're going to act in a certain way you're probably going to act in a better way to present yourself more More positively to the world but if you have nobody watching you you're not going to care you might be sitting on the couch and your boxers doing some work so the Big Brother effect it works number 12 expressvpn this is really important if you run a social media management agency where you're logging into client accounts from different countries around the world if you have your VA in the Philippines logg into your client in

America that could Potentially cause an issue to both the clients them thinking oh who's this person from the Philippines or for the actual account itself so I would recommend if you're doing management or logging into different accounts for clients to use a VPN software 13 is zapier sure you've heard me speak about this before it literally allows you to automate almost anything you can imagine in your business connecting a Google sheet to a slack Channel or a Google Sheet to your CRM in my business we automate over 10,000 tasks every single sing Le months that

means 10,000 tasks that someone would have had to manually complete are done through zap year I don't know if there's other tools that allow the same automation functions that zapier has but zapier is by far the industry leader number 14 hang on with me we're nearly there is clickfunnels there's heated debates about clickfunnels is it good is it worth the Money look it's easy they've got a ton of templates and it works pretty good so we have built out our agency website in clickfunnels we've built out order forms we've had sales Pages we had testimonial

Pages upsell Pages onboarding flows everything finally this is more a platform than a software but upwork at one stage we had over 20 team members in my agency and the vast vast majority of those team members came through upwork now I hear the same complaint all the Time about upward people think that you can't hire good quality team members through upward yes you can it's all about volume if you post one job looking for a virtual assistant there's a slim chance you're going to find an a player you might get 10 people applied to the

job and five of them are serious however post that same job three to four times a day every single day for 2 weeks and guess what you will have hundreds of applicants that's what it's all about About volume so those are the 15 main softwares there are some other things that I use here and there and I hope this has giv you some context now if you're just starting your Agency for the first time I don't want you to go and sign up for all of these softwares you do need to be willing to invest

in yourself and spend some money on your business because if you will not spend $20 a month on a software probably ain't going to make it but at the same time Keep it lean don't over complicate it use the free versions until you need to upgrade once you start making some money pump the money back in and reinvest now before you sign any clients it's very very important to understand how you'll onboard those clients into your business the last thing you want to do is have a business text you saying hey sounds good like I'm

ready to move forward I'm going to pay the invoice I'm going to pay you the money and then you are thinking holy what do I do how do I figure this out what do I do with them what what are they going to expect so in this training video I'm going to walk you through the process that I used and again like everything we're going through right none of this is static the process changed from client 1 to client 355 you will improve and you will get better and your systems will become more optimized the

more you do this so don't stress don't feel like oh my God Adam you've Got so many systems in this video and it's crazy complicated don't worry I perfected that system after like hundreds of clients right so if you're coming at this with zero clients or a couple of clients it's going to come with time okay so watch the video understand what you will do when you're on boarding clients take notes and if you feel overwhelmed by this keep it simple okay if you feel overwhelmed what you're going to do is you're going to Make

sure that you know how you're going to get paid by your client you know where you're going to communicate with them WhatsApp slack telegram wherever you choose you're going to make sure that they're clear on when you're going to start the work and they have expectations when you're going to start what are the results what you need from them if you cover those bases you'll be fine but this is the training on how you do this as a Jedi MMA master all right So enjoy the video and I'll see you in the next now it's

time to onboard your new client okay so after your client has paid un signed your proposal or your contract now you can begin the onboarding process right so this is your first official chance to make an impression on them okay so before you have talked to this actual client they were a prospect now they're a client so the relationship is different before you were trying to sell them now they are With you they've signed up with you they've signed up with your agency and they're ready to start working with you so this is your first

impression on them as them being your client okay so Make It Count make sure your onboarding process is smooth it's clean it's not messy and it gives off a professional Vibe your working relationship is starting here so now this is the time to make that good first impression okay so what I want you to do is think about the Onboarding process sequentially right so look at what you need from the service delivery what we looked at before look at what you need and look at the steps you need to take to make sure that the

client can give you everything that you need to get started so if we look at the Facebook ads example from the service delivery section we will look at first off we need the ad account okay so what's the easiest way to get access to the ad account is to share your business Manager ID to the client and to send them a walkr video so you can use Loom or other softwares to record your screen record you share ing an ad account with your business manager ID so they know exactly what to do secondly you're going

to need access to the photos videos and other content right so what you should do here is send them a form a Google form will do with options to upload and share content and also give you a bit more information about their customers And their ideal client now to get access to their website what you can do is you can use lastpass.com where you'll will never see the password you will just get the login details for the website so the main thing here is that you've got to make it easy for you first and foremost

so that you will actually follow these steps every time you get a new client and then secondly you've got to make it easy for the client right I see it all the time where people get a client let's Say they get a client today on Friday and then two weeks later then they start working that two we period is them always chasing them emailing them sending them slack messages about they need this document or oh they need this website access or they need this or they need that ultimately you don't want that happening you want

to make it really really clear what you need at the very beginning they can send everything you need to you and you can just get started From there the way I do this is I break it up into two emails the first email is to send them the payment link proposal and the contract okay right so that's step one you've done that already now the second one is we're going to include all the onboarding information in the second email like literally everything they need to get started okay so I'll just quickly give you a template

that you can use for the first email so you can say hi John Adam here looking Forward to working with you and your team before we get started please handle these small tasks so we can begin onboarding you into our system pay the invoice here slend the proposal here let me know once those ts are done and we'll begin the onboarding process right so this is just to say to them look you're going to sign and you're going to pay and then we're going to onboard you right you're setting very good expectations here and it

looks very Structured already second we're going to send them the onboarding information email okay so hi John thanks for that we're excited to start working with you and the team here's some small tasks we need you to handle so we can onboard you as soon as possible please fill out the onboarding form here boom insert your link secondly please book your onboarding call with me over the next few days boom link and include anything else you need so if you need to include So if you're doing Facebook ads here you can include your walk through

video and your business manager ID basically put everything in here so they know step by step what they have to do and it's just super super clear so I'm going to give you an example of an onboarding form that you can copy it's roughly what I use for my agency it's just a Google form you can just copy and paste the topics and you can put in anything else you need so we'll get on to that in just A few slides okay so once you've got all that information back from your newly signed client you've

got to do a few things now right you obviously just don't leave everything in the email you got to do some stuff so first off we've got to add our client to our CRM okay so whether you use active campaign or you're simply just using like Google Sheets or something doesn't really matter too much when you're starting off obviously when you start getting some Clients in it's really important to build a good CRM but Google Sheets will do fine literally just the client's name the business name the email address when they signed up what they

signed up for just any details that are going to make it really really clear of you know what the client is there for what they're paying you for and when they started with you you want to track the client's payment the invoice the contract or the proposal for your accounting and your Bookkeeping okay so this is really really important and something a lot of people skip over and then they get into a situation where 6 months later their tax bill is coming up and they don't have their invoices they don't know where the invoices are

they don't even have the proposals they have nothing they're scrambling and then they waste a lot of time trying to get all that information together so just make this a system right when you get a client you Send them all the information they send the information back to you you add your client to your CRM you track everything payment invoice contract proposal all the stuff that you're going to need what you should do here is do it for your future self right it's not going to benefit you right away but two three 4 months down

the line you're going to see the benefit of doing this third thing you want to do is you want to add your client to your communication platform so We use slack and I highly recommend that you use slack you can just use their free plan for the beginning we use the free plan until we had about at least five clients so just use that it's really really good and it will help you structure your Communications with them what I recommend doing is having one channel for you and the client and any other people involved and

then secondly have another channel for you and your internal team members okay so when You're starting off that might be just you but that's fine set it up in that way you've got one for the client and one for you okay so ultimately we're at a stage now where the client has a Channel with us so any concerns they have they'll put in here then we have our work working slack channel for them which they are not in but our designers and other people within our team are in that channel then you also want to

add your clients your project management System now if you're just starting off you don't need one of these it's not crucially important but it is good practice to have one set up whether you want to use Trello base camp Ora there's tons of ones out there Trello is obviously a great one cuz it's free when you start off it's quite easy to use and it can just get you into the system of using a system right into the of using a system that's going to help you track projects this is really important if You're doing

something like website development or something where there's a lot of different steps really just helps you and your team stay on track and then finally what I want you to do is set up otter AI right it's a completely free app and software application and use this to record your onboarding call I highly recommend you do an onboarding call with your clients because it's a chance for you and them to sit down set the expectations and see what they're Ultimately trying to achieve with your service and so that you can dispel any mids they might

have about the service you provide okay now the great thing about this application is that it will transcribe the entire meeting whether it's 20 30 minutes or an hour and it will take notes for you right so you don't have to sit there writing downloads and notes it will record the whole thing the audio and it will transcribe it into text this is Incredibly powerful and something I highly recommend you use starting off because you want to pay a lot of attention to what they're saying on your onboarding call and it's great to have a

backup file of what they said now here is the sample onboarding form that you can copy let me just open this up and give you a look so what you can do is you can just copy and paste this okay just change it to your company name or your name Whatever you're doing starting off and again it's just a bunch of sample ones that we use starting off so email address brand name the person's name the email address of anyone else on the team and then into the juicy stuff right their Target customers the demographics

what goal they're trying to achieve with whatever service you provide do they have a lead magnet all of this stuff that's really really important you know the pain points of their customers do They have any social proof ultimately what you want to do with this is include anything that you think they might need or anything that you think you might need from them as much as you can right so sit down look at the service that you're providing and write down every single thing that you might potentially need over an entire month and put it

all on here it's really great because it means that if you can get everything on this you can get onto your onboarding Call and have absolutely everything at your disposal everything that you need from the client ready to go and you can just hit the ground running so if you're following my footsteps and you're going to pursue a Content creation social media management agency where you create content for clients whether that's content that they've already created that you're going to edit and distribute on social media or content that you're actually going to you know shoot

and Create for them boat routes work I've never shot content for clients I've always gotten my clients to record content send it to me and my team and we handle the rest but in this training what you're going to understand is the three main questions that you should ask your client before you create their content the reason you want to do this is you want to make sure that the right expectations are set and that you can essentially deliver what your client Really want to the standard they want the first time if you don't ask

these questions and you wing it and you know you just hope the client likes what you've done there's a high chance they don't and there's a high chance that this just creates tons of issues for you for the sake of this video we're going to focus on a client that is paying you for short form video content but the questions I'm going to ask will also apply if you had a client paying for Graphics or for any other type of content that you have to create and these questions apply whether you are personally creating the

content yourself as a freelancer or if you're sending the content to a video editor who does the work for you question number one to ask your client did you send me all of the raw footage and the raw video video files that are required for this specific piece of content this question you should not have to ask to your Client every single time you create a piece of content you should cover this exact question in your onboarding call with a client this is the call where you set up how you guys are going to work

together but from time to time again you will need to reemphasize this question and re askk this question so that your client remembers to send you everything making sure that you have all the raw video files everything that you need is key because it's going to make it easier And faster for you to go ahead get the content made and then to get it back to your client question number two you definitely need to ask if the client has not given you this information already is what style are we going for with this video for

example if you pull up my Tik Tok page like my editor will do right now you'll see there's various different styles of content on my page some with animations some with just text on screen and then the text on screen even changes Style colors different shapes Etc the reason it's key to ask this question is that you could spend 40 minutes 2 hours creating a beautiful video for your client you send it back to them and they say hey it looks cool but I don't want that style I want this style which is completely different

meaning that you have to start the edit all over again similar to question one this is something I would ask my clients in my onboarding call in fact one of the Things we did in my agency was as part of our onboarding form which is a form a client would fill out we would literally give them examples of styles different fonts different color schemes and we would we would ask them to give us their opinion which one do you like best out of all of them that way we have a really good understanding of the

type of style we're going to create for our client on top of that when a client would sign up with us before we create let's say 30 Videos we would edit one video in a particular style and we would use this as what we called a template we use it to nail down the style and then explain to the client that we're going to continue creating your content in this specific style are you okay with it or do you want to change anything question three is there anything I need to include in the video that

you need to send to me I'll put my hands up this happens quite often to me and my editor For example I'll reference in my notes to my Editor to include a certain screenshot or a certain testimonial video but he might not have access to those things so I need to make sure each time that I actually have sent him things that he has access to same goes for your client make sure you have access to the things that they weren't included in the videos otherwise the delay can be crazy a video that could have

taken you a to make may take a full 7 days to get approved by your client and live on their page because of not asking these questions and the bonus question question number four is to ask your client for a deadline you being a Savvy business owner are going to aim and strive to deliver the content as fast as possible it's just a good business practice but nonetheless if your client has sent to you 10 maybe 15 videos to be created you need to get clear on which ones are the priority if Your client has

not told you yet he's expecting video number seven to be done tomorrow cuz he wants to post it for a promotion he's running you need to know that so again ask your client this question it's also a little trick that you can use to overd deliver your client say 5 days get it done in three they'll be impressed they'll like your service even more now my friend as you can tell from a lot of these questions there are certain clients that you won't need to Ask these questions to certain clients just get it and they

understand that you're not a guy or a girl sitting there with a crystal ball with all the answers and all the tools okay they understand that they got to give you the info but for clients of yours that are not thinking that far ahead you need to make sure you ask these questions so friend your mindset is really really really important and I know you've probably seen people talk about mindset and it's You know woo woo sounds like this stuff Airy Fairy doesn't exist trust me it really matters like so much so that the next

training I'm going to walk you through is all about mindset all right so sit with me this is the exact exact mindset that I had to create for myself I wasn't born with this like I had to create it like how if you're a fan of David goggin or any of these motivational speakers like a lot of these guys have created mindsets okay They they didn't just get it or inherit it or woke up one day and felt it no they created through their habits their actions okay so I'm going to walk you through exactly

what I did okay the mindset that I created for myself I believe made me a millionaire and I do believe genuinely that without this mindset I don't think I would have gotten to this point and for me to get to my next points there'll be another iteration of that once again so this is An exclusive training that I hosted for a mastermind event so this is very exclusive and I want you to pay attention okay first off we want to look at how you have to become the person first before you can be the let's

say 10K a month or six figure agency owner we're then going to dive into cleaning up your personal life you know some of you might think that this is not important or it's not really related but trust me and Tai when we say your Personal life and business life are typically a direct reflection of each other I can put my hand at heart and say hey when I've had issues in my personal life that has affected business and when I've had issues in business that can then affect personal life as well so these two are

definitely late it's the most important thing I think when I talk to students and when I see what is the single strongest indicator that someone's going to be successful it's That they understand this principle that so many people think they have problems in their business but what they actually have are problems in their personal life that are showing up in their business so everything here integrates so so well with business it's important that you have all this optimized and continue to optimize this it's not just what you do but it's also what you stop doing

so really excited to talk more about this yes 100% that's a great point right There it's not about adding things to your life often it's actually about stripping things out which we're going to get into everything here we're not holding anything back we're going to talk about diet trending relationships boundaries addictions porn video games you name it right and a lot of these are very suboo topics but we want to make this as Raw and Uncut as possible because again from me and Tai's experience these are things that Genuinely have actually affected our results and

you know what Adam when we actually onboard people for the high level accelerator program that's the very first thing we talk about we have that two-hour onboarding call and you would think we get on here we're asking questions about your agency which we do we talk hours about your agency but very first thing we ask some really uncomfortable questions about your personal life we about to get deep dived Into there so we can figure out what is the actual bottom like that's holding you back because very rarely it's it just a business bottar yeah 100%

100% yeah that document we have for high level students going to join is it's intense uh we'll we'll touch on that later if any of you guys are interested in hearing more about that program but uh yeah we'll let you know cool so next up we're going to go into how to become the master of one okay Tai is an Absolute Master a wizard H just getting hyperfocused on one thing and I can say from experience like when I was building my agency I was hyperfocused on one thing and that that really allowed me to

scale again you guys have seen my you know my claim to fame right 0 to 10K a month in 45 days that would not have happened if I was trying to do a bunch of things you know that that literally only happened because I was obsessive about one thing but I can also tell you That there are beinging times which I I talked to Tai about this yesterday I have not been focused you know and I have tried to do five or six different things at one and it's been a complete nightmare nightmare mess lack

of results not something you want to be doing so we're going to touch on first the importance of that and also how to cultivate that in your life H we're going to touch a little bit on fixing your inner scarves again a bit of a Different topic when we wouldn't typically talk about but you know if if you guys have seen my story you know I went from a pretty broken teenager who had like lots and lots of suicide and faults and tendencies to someone who now is doing pretty okay okay so like to go

from that that person to person now that you see on screen again lot lots had to happen and again a lot of that is not Outreach strategies or me pigging an right that was me fixing myself before I Could even grow the business H so looking forward to sharing a bit of that with you and then we want to just touch on focusing on long-term impact and results over short-term pleasures and how again this is like one of the most the biggest factors that's going to really push you forward so that's the rough breakdown we're

going to hop into it right now H before we do I see Dario you've shared something that has helped you which is so getting your first let's Say I think it was three clian stario you said it was mainly sales skills that helped you so you've been trained on sales for a long time you were raised by salespeople wow that's amazing uh so to you that was like a key key driver H one thing you would like to ask us though is how to not make the excuses as it's a problem you currently have awesome

let's let's definitely dive into that as we'll Circle back to that in the Q&A Dario and but I think we're also going to address That in this entire training and so cool man and appreciate you for sharing that as well good to here cool cool cool all right so becoming the person first right as we mentioned you make 10K a month you essentially need to be the person that makes 10K a month okay now how do you become the person that makes 10K a month if you're not making 10K a month you have to think

believe act and essentially just show up and pretend to be that person until you are that person So that was something that I did I think it really really helped me because and there's this there's this chart that like breaks it down perfectly well I'll just give you a rough breakdown right but if your actions every day are the actions of a 10K amund agency owner it's probably you working on Outreach optimizing your systems focusing on your sales improving your sales you know watching your sales calls seeing where you can improve communicating with your Team

like that right there is probably what you're going to do at 10K a month now if you don't have clients of course you can't talk to your team okay you can't really watch back on your sales videos because you won't have any but you can start to think and believe and act as that person okay and the reason this is so important and you know trust me when I say this I used to think this was BS right this whole idea of you have to think a certain way to get certain Results but I can

definitely tell you right now it's it's hugely impactful for for you your growth your happiness and your business okay if you can think I am successful and I will be successful and I'm going to act as the person that is successful you will be successful okay so this is not you know your cliche Law of Attraction think it and it will magically happen this is you think it you believe it you then act as that Person and because you're taking action but you're taking action with all the beliefs there right all those positive thoughts behind

you you will get results whereas if you are just acting but you maybe have doubts you have insecurities you have limiting beliefs holding you back you could still put in the same effort as the other person that believes they're already wildly successful and you probably actually will get less results again it's not to do with magic Or Voodoo it's literally just that the other person has more conviction they have more conviction and belief behind what they're doing which is going to help them to get further quicker faster and have way more success okay just r

on here for you if you tell yourself you want to make 10K a month okay like so that's your goal right now okay maybe you put it in the chat like go to see it so 2K a month 3K a month 5K a month or 10K a month but if You're still falling into the same old habits and routines that have kept you stuck this far it really doesn't make sense for you to expect yourself to level up and now become a six figure earner because you're you're doing the same things expecting a different result

there's a quote from I think it's Albert Einstein that you know insanity is the definition of doing the same thing over and over again but expecting the same results and again I can tell you from Experience there's there's times in my business where I'm like oh I want to get to x per month but then I break it down and I'm I'm doing the same that got me to 10K a month so that doesn't make sense that's wrong it's not going to work so you have to just strip back those old habits those routines and

things keeping you stuck yeah and there's a great book on this Adam you know what I'm gonna say right you know which where I'm going this is one of Adam's favorites I'm pretty sure psycho cybernetics by maxw MZ and it's talks all about this it talks about the psychology itself it was written by this guy who was a plastic surgeon and he realized when he did cosmetic surgeries on people they would adopt this whole new personality because they felt like a different person and that would change the way they act and it would change their

entire lives from the way they communicate the way they date their Success in business just from very very simple cosmetic changes and that's really what this is about right it's about changing your psychology of self and believing that you are this person who gets those results um it's about this internal shange right because you cannot act in accordance with anything that you don't believe is true right you have to believe this is what I am this is what I do and that thought process is going to precede any sort of physical Tangible success so it's

not just what you do it's who you are yes so so important um and again I just want to breakast that by saying that like when I first heard of these topics I did think they were BS okay so again if you're on this call you might be thinking ah you know sounds a little woo woo sounds a little bit out there we're telling you from experience like this genuinely is so important and Adam I see you mentioned what a bub yeah Incredible Book obviously I'm biased it's like one of my favorite books of all

time I've read it probably five times um yeah it's incredible it's incredible I literally have it on the Kindle in the bedroom right there I have notes I might pull it out later who knows and but yeah like I said you have to be the person and nothing like you can't get results if you just don't think you can get the results okay and okay let's break this down how do you actually do this this Okay so let's just say you believe us right you believe what we're saying you believe okay cool I've got to

rewire my my thinking my mindset my beliefs about myself and what I can do in life Ty what are some things that you would say people should start to do to help make this transition I have a couple thoughts I can think of right now but um yeah what would be those initial things you would do so I think there's the saying with competence comes confidence and Vice versa right with confidence Mees confidence so really I think it is a matter of just small wins that aggregate over time you're not going to be a 10K

owner agency owner tomorrow but you may be a $500 per month agency owner right it's about stacking those really small wins and it's not even just in terms of tangible things like this is how much money I'm making this is how much is my bank account it's I woke up today I got up I did 10 push-ups little things even Things that aren't related to business right it's just to take action execute and show yourself that I keep promises to myself that was a big one for me it's just when I say something when I

think something it becomes reality because I'm the master of my own fate and just taking execution and doing what I say I'm going to do is one of the big things for me um I know there's another one that Adam is a huge fan of visualization right so yeah um for me this comes with My environment right putting myself in situations and in this perspective of I am the person who's worthy of making this kind of money yet what does a person who makes 10K a month what do they do what do they eat and

this is something I've kind of trying to lead into with my abundance mindset right and that's one of the things about being here in Miami with Adam it's like reing Ferraris re these crazy apartments and stuff like that and it just becomes so Much more physical and real it it mystifies it in a way and I think that's another thing about networking with other agency owners is you might meet people in the program that are making two three five 10K a month and you're going to realize they're just people right like that's one of the

coolest things I know we're talking about me meeting Adam and how is Adam even a real person and that kind of he doesn't feel like a real person he's an abstract Concept he's this multi-millionaire 24 year old agency owner and just getting to see him in person realize oh Adam's said he eats normal things he does normal things he talks like a normal person does and just kind of demystifying it for yourself so I think the more you get into it the more confidence you're going to build and with that it's going to come physical

confidence and it's something that builds over time but also just getting Engaged in that community and in that lifestyle the deeper you get into it the easier it guess and I think that's to oversimplify it but I think it's just the contact with it all yes yeah really really good points there and you know that last point of just tying into the environment again this is what this entire Mastermind is about like you guys have seen exactly where everybody is at so make those connections you know there's people in here doing two three Four 5K

a month connect with those people chat to them give them volume you know try and add value to them they'll add value to you that's what it's all about so yeah the book is called psycho cybernetics if anyone wants to take a deep dive into that yeah so again some things that I would do if I was to restart this process the author is Max M if you type it in it there's yeah there's only one for sure so yeah visualization is something that I I don't currently practice it but I used to practice it

a lot and visualization I think you can break it into two categories you can look at positive Vis visualization okay so let's just say for example you you sit on your your bed in the morning and you know you take a couple minutes just to meditate whatever and you start to visualize what is your dream life okay what do you want where do you want to be what does your room look like do you have a balcony do You have a nice view all these things okay you just start to visualize positive things that you

want in your life that's one form the second form is negative visualization this is the opposite okay this is saying when you wake up if I don't work on the goals that I've set out for myself I'm going to be in a worse scenario okay so I might even might not even have a bed or there might be cockroaches in my AP apartment right very different style And if you guys want to try this is try the two Styles and see what works best for you or pair the two together do five minutes a positive

do five minutes a negative and just use this kind of fusion of the two to light a fire under your ass for me negative visualization worked better for me at the start okay if you're in a position right now where you are comfortable meaning that like maybe you're in a job or you have an income that keeps you comfortable right Like you have enough to pay your bills you have enough to buy some meals and go out a couple times a month if you are comfortable negative visualization might work better for you because there's nothing

in your immediate environment that is telling you I need to buckle the up and make more money okay because you like a lovely bed and a nice apartment if however you're in a very you negative situation right now positive visualization is probably going To be more impactful for you okay so test out to two again there's no right and wrong way don't beat yourself up if you do it and you fall asleep and you go back to bed in the morning or if you do it and you don't feel anything try it a couple times

see how you feel super basic super easy to do but again it's the more you do it the more it becomes real okay the first time you visualize you are not going to even think it's real probably okay you're going to think That's just a dream I'm never going to get there whatever you do it the tent time and you'll start to notice the color of your bed the exact view that you have from your balcony you know all the details become more clear which now will just make that image more real in your head

which again will allow you to make it happen so um that is a huge one visualization affirmations as well again I don't currently write affirmations I will like a couple times a week if I Feel I need to but right now I don't do it every day um same concept basically tell yourself the things that you need to tell yourself okay so if you really struggle with your confidence if you struggle with getting the courage to do Outreach to do sales like tell yourself every day I have the confidence to do a I am courageous

I am bold I am moving forward I'm pushing the needle whatever you need to write just write positive things that will help you Do again the things that you know you need to do and so guys that is becoming the person first if you have any again questions directly about things that we do things that we have done to help us kind of get that set up in our lives again let us know really really important that you nail that though okay so a couple more points on it if you don't take care of your

health right you neglect responsibilities in your life so when you're told to do something or There something you know you need to do you just kind of push it to the back of your mind or you have a really hard time sticking to your plans and your goals ideally what you need to do is you need to fix those areas in your personal life so that you can then bring that same energy into your business okay H you don't have to go to the gym six times a week right you don't have to wake up

at 5: am in the morning and do crazy workouts you don't have to do anything But you do have to take responsibility and you have to be able to set plans set goals and stick to them um and I think we actually talked about this yesterday Ty or you might have even mentioned it earlier but if you're telling yourself a goal right or I want to do X and then you don't do it and you don't do the actions needed to get there you're just lying to yourself and that might be fine for a few

days but the more you do that the more you'll actually start to Believe that you're a liar because you're literally Ling yourself in a way yeah right you're getting the habit of letting yourself down and now your word has no value and now you don't make commitments and stick to them and even if it's a small thing like I say I'm going to make my bed when I get up and I don't do it how you do one thing is how you do everything that's something I've really come to believe more often is that Excellence

is a habit consistency Is a habit so that's a character tra you can actually build it's not something you're bored with it's something you have to train like a muscle yeah 100% that's really really important some of you guys might already have this H you know like you might be already very very organized very responsible great awesome um if you don't like I said you can learn this I had to learn this I was definitely not this way in clients growing up and so yeah just have to Learn it you know again simple things make

your bed if you tell yourself you're going to work out three times a week do it do it three times a week make it realistic don't tell yourself you do seven days a week it's not realistic you won't stick to it and yeah again the importance here is that you do these things not to just waste your time on doing all these productive activities that's not the whole point okay you just want to do the minimum that you need to Feel that again you're responsible you're confidence you're taking control over your because again you want

to just basically take that energy and bring that into your business okay so really really important to do that so you know the biggest driver for my personal success in my opinion was my shift from victim to owner okay and I don't mean owner of cars owner of apartment any of that stuff I mean basically owner of my life owner of my Choices owner of my habits taking full responsibility for like absolutely everything in my life putting the blame on myself when they need to and taking the hard right over the easy left not easy

things to do okay but again hugely impactful okay and you have to realize like you are the owner of your life okay yes there are things outside of your control Politics the country you live in um the wage that your employer is is paying you right things that you might Be able to directly control but you actually can okay so you can't change who's going to be the next president but you can change him what you make or you can just take that choice and say hey if I don't like what I'm making I'll just

make more of it by myself that's ownership right that's taking your life and saying you don't like a certain thing and changing that and realizing you have the full full control okay the worst thing you can do is to tell Yourself you're a victim for me you know I have a bad job I have a bad boss I don't have a good wage I should be paid more those thoughts are not really going to get you too far because they're just going to keep you in this victim mindset the victim mindset is absolutely terrible you

know some some examples in in my old personal life right would have been I had really really bad acne and skin issues and this led me to just be really insecure about my image my my Confidence was completely shock and I used to look at myself as a victim for so long like there was genuinely a one and a half nearly twoyear period where I thought the world was out to get me you know po me uh nobody else had skin issues it was just me and all the bad things in the world just happened

to me that was and I realized that after two years but that was two years of telling myself that every day that I wasn't happy because of my skin and I Had bad skin because the world was out to get and that line of thinking is obviously not good it's not going to get you far and it's just going to make you miserable okay so the best thing you can do one of the hardest things you can do is to tell yourself yes I'm GNA take the hard R okay I'm going to do the things

that I know I should do the thing that my future self will thank me for I'm not going to take the easy option I'm going to do the hard things that I now where Rush and Adam another great point to bring up with this is that if you guys go into the telegram chat that we have set up for The Mastermind and you scroll through you'll see people that are saying hey I make 2K per month 3K per month you'll see that in the chat right here just from people who are on this call yeah

so the point I want to make here is that there is risk in starting an agency but the risk isn't from the side of the model right you can see that The model works the Outreach scripts they work you have to go out you have to take accountability you have to take action with them but the real risk here is with yourself right you can look at the risk of either a market failing or the risk of you failing right and with the agency model it's a tried and tested model you have people in this

chat here that are making full-time incomes with their agency so that is proven you don't need to worry about the risk that's Associated with running an agency you need to worry about the risk of not actually taking accountability responsibility with your agency if you can't go out and execute you are the risk in your agency which is great because you are the one who is responsible for mitigating that risk right so you have to take complete and total responsibility for things that most people would think are out of your control oh I couldn't work today

because I had to work at my 9 to5 and I'm tired that's the choice right and that's what it comes down to when you're saying I don't have time for this thing what you're saying is it's not a obligation it's not a priority of mine so it's important that you take absolute and total responsibility for everything in your agency because the only real risk the only real input is coming from you and right now if you don't have any team members on board then the only person Responsible for scaling your agency it's going to be

you G all right so Adam you want to hop back on you yes sir yes sir okay so we don't actually have any slides for this because we're just going to give our our thoughts off the Dome okay but you need to be able to clean up your personal life to 10x your business okay we've touched on this briefly already but again personal life business Life direct Correlation direct link whatever way you want to look at that it is true okay so if your personal life is messy let's fix it okay don't try and fix

everything all at once let's just take small steps okay if you're in a toxic relationship or an abusive relationship or relationship that that's not good fix that okay focus on that first because that's going to be really really detrimental to you your life your success Etc if you are again maybe you're not working out but you Want to and you know you want to you know you want to be healthy you want to maybe do a couple of runs or do a new sport hit the gym whatever it is let's let's get that all right

let's get that sorted again don't go for working out seven days a week do something that's reasonable manageable attainable and and just lock it in okay um this will really really help you a business as we've clearly mentioned a couple times already right there's a direct direct Correlation but also it's the fact that again how you do one thing is how you do everything so yeah it's short and simple this one but basically you have to clean that up because if it is a real mess right now it will be hard for you to come

to your business without that messy mindset you know because your personal life is a mess so the second then you go to do Outreach or you have a sales call coming up you're probably going to still feel that level of stress right that Anxiety and that mess in your life come over now into your business which you do not want a messy business you know a messy business is a a business that is destined to fail and not scale which is not what you want sweet sweet all right so we've got a little bit of

a breakdown here okay this is basically comparing a 10K a month agency owner versus a zero per month agency owner okay so somebody that you know has maybe been trying to build an agency for like 6 months 9 Months 12 months a year longer because we do speak to a lot of people that you know might try and run an agency for a year before joining our program again typically they're at zero per month there no results and this is just some rough generalizations okay these are generalizations it does not mean that every 10K month

agency owner does these things and it doesn't mean that every person who's not making any money is doing these things these are Just common denominators that we see across people that I know personally and people we have let's say who would have joined our program after trying to do things by themselves okay so the 10K month agency owner when we look at their diet and typically it's nothing crazy right it's not that they follow like the strictest meal plan and track every calorie and when I look at myself this is 100% true it's just that

I avoid over complicating the diet I avoid a diet That is hard to follow and I focus on meals that Aid me okay so I know for me certain foods blow me okay and I know if I have that meal like let's just say there's like a certain type of Ian dish that I really like but I know it bloats me okay so I'm not going to eat that if I still need to do work okay maybe I'm going to eat it once in a while to treat myself but not if I have like two

or three hours of work to do after that because all that will do for me is Distract me make me uncomfortable bring up a level of stress in my body and it's not going to allow me to perform at my best so this is what I do keep it super simple so you mentioned that you typically only do like one meal a day sometimes maybe two again I that's a great example of just you're not complicating it like you're just keeping it dead simple the most important thing for my diet is when it's not really

what of course the what does matter if you're Gonna eat Twinkies all day and that's your diet then you're not going to feel good you're not going to work well but for me I usually don't eat before noon and that way I can get all my deep work done in the morning without the distraction of having to eat or having to digest or having to think about those things so eating is almost kind of a reward for me as strange as that sounds right is I won't eat until my deep work is done I'll hold

off that and that Fasting it lets my body function more efficiently because I'm not digesting food all day and the same thing I won't eat too late into the evening usually after around 800 PM that's when I start to kind of get into the Zone ready to go to bed so I'm not going to be eating before 12 or after 8 I have that eight hour window where I eat that one or two meals a day and it just helps keep me focused sweet yeah yeah I do the exact same I typically will have three

meals a Day some days I'll do two so like yesterday we we just we had a meal and I had a meal on on the planes so I did two but I'll typically do three a day as you know for me personal preference I find if I have one massive meal I am kind of sluggish for the rest of the day so I could do it but I would have to make sure that again I get like you said all the work done everything productive I needs to get done done and then I can have

that big meal or two extra meals Whatever it may be um so again guys this is just for you to to see and play around with this and see what works best for you the main thing is just focus on something that's going to Aid you okay whether you know you feel good you feel more productive your brain is sharp you don't have brain fog focus on the foods that will do that for you and again might be different for you and when it comes to exercise and training nearly every 10K month agency owner I

know Works out it just seems to be a common denominator male female doesn't matter they work out now what I will say is that they don't typically try and work out seven days a week six days a week um and that is just simply because if that is your biggest Focus your business is not top priority okay you ideally want to put business as the top priority here so working out for me anyway it is to Aid business realistically like obviously I work out to look good and Look a certain way so there's a level

of vanity and ego that comes into that but the main priority is to keep the Focus right make sure that my my health is in check make sure my cognition you know like my brain health is is firing and I've got you know that that dopamine that comes from a solid workout and that got all these you know the endorphins that you get after workout as well I'll typically do maybe three four workouts a week some will be weight training uh Might do a bit of cardio so a couple of runs one or two a

week if I'm on point but again I don't put this as priority so priority for me is business and then this comes second so for example I didn't work out today I haven't worked out yesterday I worked out like three days before that so again I'm just balancing it I knew I was going to be traveling and I wouldn't necessarily have the time yes I could make time but I'd rather Make the time for business first yeah you know so it's like business first travel and then work out if I have time and exercise is

what I'm hearing out of from you it's more of a tool it's not something that needs to be necessarily embedded into your schedule like Adam said it doesn't need to be a daily thing it doesn't even need to be a consistent thing as in like Monday Wednesday Friday what I do with my exercise is exercise as a tool so I'll have days when I'm off And it's important that I just have a toolbox full of things that can help me align my Focus or get my energy back so exercise and this and since uh also

a lot of people like to do meditation cold showers a lot of things like that and I think a lot of times people get caught up in that and they think that this is a mandatory to make 10K a month I need to have the super strict routine I need to be doing cold showers I need to be working out this often and it's like Those are tools those are tools that can help you get your focus and maybe your focus is Will gets you 10K per month so it's not these things are mandatory like

Adam said it's not that these things need to be followed to a te but it's best if you can build a schedule consistency with this and use them as tools to solve certain problems that you're facing on a day to-day or week toe basis hell yeah hell yeah 100% to give you guys a real example okay last Night probably went to bed around let's say 10:30 11 H get up this morning around half 7 and you know I didn't go to didn't go for a workout I didn't do a cold shower like you know I

literally just got up and was like right Mastermind in one and a half hours what do we need to have in place to make sure this goes smoothly that was it right just to business whereas if I had gotten up I could have got up at maybe six right could have gone for like a run Maybe a workout I just know I would have been more tired and I wouldn't be I wouldn't be able to give you guys as much here on this training because I would be thinking about oh my legs are tired oh

you know I I need to get some food like I'm I'm dead on be um so for me sleep is one of the biggest things I focus on everything else can come and go and I'll do you know again if I don't have time for workout out of time but I'm always going to fit in sleep because Again that I just know for me getting up a 5 am is the most ridiculous thing I could do and that would be the clearest way for me to not be productive yep is to get up and do

what some people tell me to do so even what everything we're telling you here this might be the complete opposite for you okay so it's just to take this as a guideline and test all these things for yourself and your barometer of success is am I more productive do I get more done and do I Feel better if everything you're doing in your life ticks towards that way good stuff you know you're definitely on the right path cool so relationships okay and the way most most successful people I know of approach relationships is that they

have clear boundaries in their relationships okay so that means that you know their priority is their mission their Vision their business whatever and the person they're with knows that and there's nothing wrong with that that's Just a boundary that they have and they put themselves first and the person are with comes second and I think that is very very healthy um you should always put yourself first of course if you're married you have kids it's it's going to be slight slly different we're more talking here about people that are maybe you know in your 20s

30s maybe you're still just daing okay so you don't have big big responsibility like kids okay not an expert on that level so I can't Give you any advice um another thing is that you want to look at relationships obviously only when it makes sense okay you don't want to just get into a relationship for the sake of it like you're bored or you just want to feel a certain way you know do it when it makes sense okay make sure that you have your your personal life in check uh make sure that you are

again doing all the things that you know you should be doing first whether that is working at a certain Amount of times a week getting certain results in your business focus on that now needless to say of course you could have you know uh you could have relationships all throughout your business career and that could have no impact on you again this is just relaying to you what has worked for me and other people that I know of um not sure if You' have any thoughts to add on that TI but um yeah I think

it's just intentionality is the one thing we Talked about last night is that business owners agency owners people who are successful they approach things with intention they don't do things just to do things they don't read books just to read books or take cold showers because the guru told them to they do it because they find it helps them and it's the same thing with your relationships you have to approach those with real intention which is what I what am I hoping to get out of this what does Success look like for this and that's

a question you should be asking yourself continuously is this something that is going to build me up or tear me down and the answer may not always be the same right month to month it could change week to week it could change so it's really important just to reconsider all of your relationships and put them in the context of what does success look like for me and make sure that it's communicated back and forth with both Yourself and the person you're in that relationship with yeah and of course you can extend this to like family

and friendships as well this it's not purely love relationships um so again if you're friends with someone but you feel that they get more out of the Friendship than you get out of it again you want to question that okay you want to look at again the intentionality like am I friends with this person because I get something out of it there's a reason There's a benefit or is it just for all time sake I'm not telling you one is right or wrong I'm just telling you there have been people that I have cut out

of my life where yes I was technically friends with them and we got on good and we had a good time but it it wasn't positive right like it didn't lead me to where I wanted to lead to and it didn't lead them to where they wanted to get to so for both of us it really doesn't make sense for us to essentially Waste our time together if we're not going anywhere you know we're not helping each other in any way um noticing on that CU I get asked this I I have like two sets

of friends okay so I have friends in business and I have friends outside of business and for me I think that works really well because when I have you know some some off time and I go visit my hometown I can hang out with my friends who don't really do business they understand a little bit of It but we don't even talk business they're not asking me how like you know they'll ask how business and that's it the conversation dies and it's actually really nice because I get to completely switch off and just be you

know normal human instead of thinking about business but it is also crucially important for me to have friends that are also in the industry so I have a lot of friends that are running agencies some that do Ecom some that do coaching and the reason That's important for me is because if I'm just friends with people that don't do business I'm going to feel isolated I'm going to feel lonely I'm going to feel like I'm the only one doing this whereas again for you guys you're probably going to make some friends from people that are

in this program or that are on this call right now and you should because it means that now you're not going to see your current friendships let's say your friends from Home negatively right because you're just going to see it how it is they're just not interested and that's not their fault you shouldn't have to cut them off 100% right you can still be friends with them just have those other people that you can go to with the business uh questions the business struggles right like there's countless times where I've had things happen in my

business and I go to two or three people and I feel so much better straight away because I can Just vent and run to them for two minutes in a voice nowe and they're like yeah cool I've been there did this this helps me uh don't worry about you was fine and I'm like sweet that was good that was necessary and I feel better now cool cool so boundaries uh boundaries you know you can adapt this to your relationships um or literally anything in your life so things that you do essentially just knowing when to

limit time with certain people or uncertain Activities which pretty much brings us into the last two points here of addictions and waste of time activities okay the 10K mod agency owner so they limit um time with certain people and on certain activities because they know they have to they almost have no addictions okay I say almost because it's probably impossible to be completely addiction free in your life um and they don't really have any activities that are like just a waste of Time okay so they'll typically not scroll on Tik Tok for two hours a

day because it doesn't do anything for them and it makes them feel lethargic and not good right it is really important um you know when it comes to addictions we're going to touch on that in a second here um on the other side but I personally think for me these were really pivotal things to have in place yeah and the same thing just kind of touching on the boundaries again Adam it's that Intentionality right it's not that things like Netflix are inherently evil and that if you watch an hour of Netflix today you're going to

fail in life it's that you need to understand this is a tool for help to help me wind down right it's not that you can't consume those it's that you need to have boundaries when consuming those and understand this is the reason why I'm doing it and not everything has to have a reason like to wind down to relax to socialize those Are good things to do so to have that be your reason to do I think it's just fine but it's just important that you approach these things with intentionality and I think if you

can be intentional with every aspect of your work and your life you're just G to be a lot more happy and you're gonna have a lot more control over things because you think about them right A lot of times it's not a matter of I need to make these massive shifts it's just I need to Be conscious when I make decisions yeah yeah 100% that's a great point right there um again we get this question a lot like you know do you watch Netflix do you play video games all these things and like again you

can do all those things it's not that any of those things are bad or inherently good it's just again like I said intentionality if you can approach okay it's my time off I've done my work for the day how can I intentionally now use this time to Recharge to feel good and get a really good nice sleep and if that is Netflix great that's Netflix if that is playing video games great that's playing video games it's different for each person okay so just if you can use that framework of intentionality I I think you're going

to be just crushing it like in every area absolutely realistically cool so okay the person that has been you know really struggling right they've been trying their Agency for a year now Still doing zero month typically this is what it would look like okay diet they don't even think about it right so there's no intentionality of avoiding certain foods or having certain foods that help them or timing of meals it's just not a priority okay they eat when the food is there and that's about it h when it comes to exercise and training um it's

typically extreme so it's either no workouts or way too many and I see this is very very common okay a few guys I can think of right now where you they've been trying a business for a very long time and they work out seven days a week and they work out for two hours every every day in the gym and it's just so extreme that again that's their priority not the business okay whereas again you want to have the intentionality of the workout it's there to again feel good relax rejuvenate but also to help a

business okay I saw a great actually clip of Alex wosi and Derek from more plates more dates a fitness YouTuber and they talked about this concept of are you more productive when you work out because they're both high level business owners they both work out and they both said no they both were like on the days I work out unless productive yeah takes time away yeah I'm slow I'm lethargic I'm more mellow so it might be good for a podcast as they mentioned you know because they're nice and chill but they ain't getting Done and

that's from two people that are massively successful and work out nearly every day but they know doesn't actually help the business side so um just take note of that for yourself um when it comes to relationships a lot of people use relationships just to feel good or to make up for a lack of results in their life or in their business okay so you're not getting that hit from your your life of that success hit that dopamine on a daily basis oh wow I'm Getting results I'm pushing you know the needle I'm making money I'm

living where I want to live so then you make up for that in a different way okay and obviously an easy way is to relationship where again it might be a very unintentional relationship doesn't make sense you don't actually even get on that well but you feel nice when you have a cuddle and that's it all right you know again to sum this all up intentionality is one of the most Powerful powerful things that we give to you today and when it comes to boundaries No Boundaries just reacts to whatever comes up okay so uh

something comes up in the family okay business gets thrown out the window straight to the family which again nothing wrong with that not saying that's bad just saying make sure you have your stuff dialed in so that you have these boundaries in place so if your friend is having a hard day and they want to have A call cool take the time have the call with them but set the boundry that you're going to do it at 9:00 p.m. once you're done work and you're going to give them a full hour so you're not cutting

anyone you're not cutting short on things but you're just setting very clear boundaries this is really really important shows you're in control on top of your and you're going to get a lot on okay addictions all right I can definitely talk I'm G to purely talk From experience here okay so I'm not telling you that this is what you need to do I'm just telling you that for me quitting video games limiting Netflix not eliminating it completely because I actually told Tai last night it was a period where I like eliminated Netflix completely and I

actually that was worse okay so for me I found that I actually do get a lot of value out of watching a movie not so much with series because I get hoped on a series and then I'm like You know I want to see the next One S hours gone yeah exactly but a movie I'm like good because it's two hours I'm gonna have the big rise the crescendo in the movie the fall and then I'm good you know I've gotten my value start and finish all them you don't have to lag on exactly fality

I like it very will to find boundaries with it 100% um you know weed alcohol drugs H yes yes you can still do these things but again is there intentionality behind It or is it completely just distracting you or just making you feel good again making up for a lack of result and nine times out of 10 that is what it is for a lot of people H porn I quit porn I think I was like 17 or 18 and that was a massive decision all right everybody my age was watching it every day H

it didn't matter even what age they were right like 25 year olds 30y olds still watching it every day okay you might be watching this training you might be Watching it every day okay I'm just telling you from my experience cutting that was one of the biggest things that I've ever done I felt more whole I felt more human I felt more productive I felt more clear more sharp um I had more respect for other people I got on better right and I would I actually get on better with girls even though I'm not doing

that weird thing every day it is crazy how much effect this can have in your life and I know actually H I think Evan and alvie you've mentioned already in the chat that this is you know a really important thing for you guys as well as well um yeah massive if I was to quit one thing in old Adam's life it would have been that first mhm before visualization before like any of those things just quit that thing that I'm doing every day uh because it it really didn't do any benefit it's a strange one

to talk about it's a bit of a taboo thing to talk about that yeah I I know Even when I do coaching it's something that I will really really really bring up because it's kind of a weird thing to talk about but I think it is so important that we we address it for what it is because that is probably like Adam said it's one of those things that's going to give you the clarity and the sharpness and it's going to give you the respect and it's going to give you the energy to go after

everything that you need to yeah right porn it gives you That hit of dopamine that says I've accomplished my goal I can chill and that's not the hit of dopamine you need if yes at zero per month if you're trying to get to 10 15 20K per month you need to find dopamine in the things that are moving you forward right those are the habits you need to build not something like that so it's really important to talk about even if it's a little uncomfortable I know there's some of you on this call right now

that are Probably cringing in your seat about this I think it's important to talk about for sure yeah 100% And if you currently do it and you've already told yourself that you want to quit but you can't breid The Habit because that's a really hard thing to do and I know so many guys and girls that can be completely addicted to that but again you want to quit but you can't almost like when someone wants to quit smoking and they can't you have to the way I Would say you need to what you need to

do right is you need to just imagine you're in the third person okay so you're in your bedroom it's 9 PM you got the moisturizer on the bed table you've got tissues right everything is geared up to go imagine now you walk through your front door old you is still there getting ready to do whatever they're going to do and you walk in what are you thinking you're you're you're older okay you're 40 years old you're walking in And you're now massively successful what are you thinking looking at that person maybe they didn't accomplish anything

in the day they're not going to do this to just feel good for 10 15 minutes and go to sleep right like just realistically be just so real with yourself and say am I proud of that like are you proud of that and for me again this is just personal opinion I would look at that and be like wow I'm not proud of that and I don't feel good doing that so I'm Going to stop it and again very difficult very uncomfortable but massively massively important and I think even it's a vitual right you can

probably look and see when do you do that how often do you do that and there will be certain cues yeah right so it's going to be different for everyone but realize that this is a habit and an addiction so there's going to be ways you can break that but you have to be again it's just intentionality I think Being cognizant of this is the time of day where i'm vulnerable and if that means like getting rid of all of that on your computer right if that means locking up your phone I have a little

box not for porn but for my phone like in the morning I'll put in there that way I don't have to think about it's not a decision I get to make so sometimes it's not even about like how mentally strong can I be how can I visualize this it's about actual environmental Optimization yeah right if avoiding certain things that may trigger you or queue on those habits or at least being cognizant of the patterns you have so you can break those patterns or avoid certain things yeah yeah Al Evan you put in a couple notes

there as well which are great you know just delete all the triggers anything that will potentially trigger you for that and again this links to any addiction okay so it's video games porn weed alcohol whatever And again none of these are bad it's just you have to find the ones that are bad for you you know limit those distractions limit the triggers and keep keep going so there you go guys there's the breakdown of what we see across the board and Ty this is yeah your breakdown of 10K month agency owner because obviously T you

have you know 10K month agency owners you are one yourself and you've worked with you know dozens and dozens of people now helping them get to This point so yeah so this one right here a lot of the things we're going to talk about here are going to be touching back on things that we've already touched on so you'll just see this kind of lived out in a way so so I want you guys to think about who not how and this actually comes from a book I was telling Adam about this book last night

um it's this idea that if you want to reach this next level you need to become a different person it's like the whole Purpose of this training right but it's about problem solving through the angle of who would do this thing better than I can and how can I get to either act like them or hire that person be that person something along the lines of that so think who not how I want to give you something very tangible you can almost build out like a Persona of an agency owner in your mind and if

had this theoretical ageny owner or you could even use someone like Adam For example And kind of model and mimic what he does you would think that maybe the first thing is they're gritty right they know when to push and they know when to Pivot so there's going to be times in your agency where you're discouraged and maybe you want to try a new model maybe you want to find a new Niche try a new service you want to tr Facebook ads there's so many different ways you can actually make this pivot and a lot

of the times when people get discouraged They're so tempted to make that pivot but the agency owner that gets to 10K per month they know when to push and one to Pivot it's not that they're going to be consistently involved in what's not working it's that they're going to try something see it all the way through and then make a decision at the end is this not working because of something that I can change or is this not working because I've made a poor decision because the model is wrong because I Need to shift this

and I see this so often with beginners is they'll try a niche for two three weeks they don't get results and they go oh the problem is the niche I need to change it from here and the problem is never ever the niche right like every Niche can work there's money to be made with pretty much every Serv are some easier than others absolutely but an agency under that makes 10K per month they're gritty they're going to Push through it they're going to see it all the way through and they're not going to fold when

things get hard right they know when to push if there's a route for that and if they pushed for long enough and they've talked with other agency owners you've spoken with myself and Adam and you realize okay maybe I actually need to make this change they know when to do that right so it's more about timing with this but just being able to have that consistency It's one of the things that I think Adam has nailed down really really well he's one of the most consistent people I know so making sure you're gritty when you

need to be and and that goes for everything in life um there's a great book you guys are going to hear me talk about books all day long uh grit by Angela Duckworth where she talks about how most success in life is just based off effort right like if you go to universities and you look at the people Who get the best grades and get the best jobs it's very rare that they get that because they have more natural Talent or natural ability or that they're smarter it's because they're consistent and they work hard so

that's the very first thing is that I don't know a single agency owner that accidentally find success they go out they consistently and consciously intentionally Chase it so being gritty with this is so so important the second Point here is that Agency owners tend to be analytical they have the statement of what gets measured gets approved which is something you guys probably have seen from the sixf figure accelerator program I think I got that from Adam and it's one of the things that we always ask people is where are the numbers what are the numbers

tell us because we're making educated guesses we need to measure things we need to go out and try things and it'll itical is one of the things That you can even look at billionaires in other Industries and you can see that there tends to be a trend with business owners and being analytical for example most commonly you'll see the people that make the most money are Engineers they're not usually accountants or Finance Majors or business Executives it's not those kind of people it's Engineers that have gone on to start businesses and you can think of

the example of Jeff Bezos founder of Amazon He's like one of the richest people on the Earth and he's never studied business he actually was an engineer to start and Elon Musk he's not a business guy I mean I guess he is a businessman but he is an engineer by trade Bill Gates studied engineering Mark zuer studied engineering that's a trend and the reason why you see that is because Engineers they learn how to learn quickly and they're very analytical they don't make decisions based off emotions They consciously sit down and that kind of goes

back to that point of intentionality we talked about earlier so what gets measured gets approved measuring things in your agency measuring your outu making intentional decisions with that data that's one of the things that tend to be so so important the third thing is agenty Anders tend to be action takers right they ask themselves do I need information or do I need execution and This is one of the things that I myself get caught up in as well when I hit a bottleneck I always think okay I just don't know how to solve this problem

and very RAR is that the case most of the times just I need to put in the work to solve this problem so it's important that you ask yourself this question maybe once a week is to get to the next point with my business with my life is it I don't know something or I'm not doing something it's going to be one of Those two things it's always going to fall into one of those two categories so if you just joined the program you probably need to go and study you probably need information if you

were to go out and just execute execute execute you probably would make stupid decisions that with a few hours of watching the program we would have cleared up we would have got you right past those so making sure that you constantly ask yourself do you need information or do I Need to go out and execute you need to have both you need to know there's a time for both and you need to know okay I need to go out and just do things now or I need to go and learn things first and knowing this

dichotomy knowing which one of these things you need to pursue is going to be so so important and then the last Point here is that I would describe a 10K per month agency owner as responsible a 10K per month agency owner would say I am totally responsible for My success and for my failures and this goes back to the point that Adam talked about earlier which is taking Supreme responsibility right taking accountability for your life and your actions and that's the nice thing about the agency model is that the risk from the model is taken

out like you can go through the telegram group you can see there people that are making full-time income you can go and message those people right now they're here they're Here right now so the model works and when things don't work in your agency you can't go it's a problem with the niche it's a problem with the service it's a problem with the model you have to take responsibility and go this must be something I'm doing wrong or this is something that I need to tweak and that's taking responsibility for your success and your failures

right and it goes back to that point of you can't blame your boss you can't blame your Friends you can't blame your family you can't blame your situation you have to take total responsibility own what you have and go out and execute with that from a very realistic and sober standpoint so that is the fourth point I think I would describe a 10K per month agenty owner with sweet fire fire fire becoming a master of one t again this is one for you um I'll just give my quick input real quick so um I mentioned

earlier that there was a time where I Tried to do many many many things all at once and I never really got results in any of them so there was a period where um I was trying to get jacked right so working at like six times a week um I was trying to find a long-term partner I was trying to build not one business but I think two businesses and I was also then like trying to do a side like online fitness coaching hustle I'm pretty sure I was still in college at the same time

so you add that up it's Like you're trying to master you know four or five different things I tried it all and it didn't work whereas when I went and said hey oh I'll just do the agency that's going to be my only focus that's when things actually started to work awesome and I know out of here it says ties master of one I don't think that's true I fall victim to a lot of the same things me and Adam were shooting the last night and we were talking about I told Adam it took me

a Year to really start my agency and he goes yeah me too right like these are common pitfalls common problems and there's no people that can just blaze through these you're gonna have to think about these consciously so don't think that you're past this don't think oh yeah I'm focused I'm committed you have to really constantly remind yourself constantly be in this mindset and I think for me the big thing that has helped me not start another business or Not go and Chase all these other rabbits you guys have probably heard this saying the man

who chases two rabbits catches neither I think for me it's not a matter of I'm a disciplined person or that I have my head on straight it's a matter of I set my environment in a way that precedes that right so I don't trust myself to make hard decisions I was telling Adam about this I don't have a whole lot of money immediately in my bank account because if I do that and I Want to make a silly decision I want to go buy a Rolex in Miami I have to wait two weeks for that

money to clear so it's a decision I have to think through I have to make that and my environment or something something I set up it's designed to prevent me from making silly decisions same thing with that box that I talked about earlier that I lock my phone in right it's these certain environmental optimizations that help me be more disciplined it's not that I Myself know how to do this better and maybe it is maybe there is some level that you can achieve through discipline but really it's easiest in my opinion if you can design

an environment where you don't have to think about these things so watching very very little content from other business models right I don't consume any other business YouTube unless it's agency stuff I'll go and I'll watch some of the agency content but that's good because it's consistent With what I'm trying to do what I'm trying to achieve so if you guys are in between two different business models right now or you're trying to do different things you're trying to get jacked find the long-term partner build the business all at the same time it's important to

really just decide what is going to be most important to you right now right if it's the business then you need to design your life in a way that you aren't tempted by these other things Because there will be Temptations you're going to be tempted to all these things but it's important that you have an environment that's designed to support that consistency and that Focus so for me it's having the bank account set up having the phone lock box it's actually not watching any other content from anything else and not consuming even the news to

some instance because there's so much you can get caught up with there so it's just about having this very Straight Lane and not having opportunities to get pulling off that amazing yeah yeah 100% um sweet so couple more sides we're going to run through real quick guys and then we will hop into Q&A for this section and again if there's anything you want to drop in the chat something that has helped you on this journey again feel free to pop it in as it's going to be great to see the input from everyone in here

um okay so fixing your inner scars as I Mentioned I had to go from a broken teenager who had Suicidal Tendencies to you know a man right someone who could then actually start a business and make it successful so I'm gonna I'm going to go through some of the things that I did now as we've talked about in this training so far think of intentionality okay these are things that are not necessary but they helped me personally so I want you to approach these and take them with a heavy heavy pinch of salt Okay you

do not have to do these things but they may help you if you're in a very negative dark place okay so when I was in this place as I mentioned to you the first realization was that I'm not a victim okay so I had to go from victim to owner of my life now the activities and the daily tasks and habits that I did built from that were things like I did cold showers we talked about quitting porn I did noof fap um working out so worked out a lot I Fus a lot on My

diet so I cleaned up my diet um you know I followed a very strict diet for a while which again looking back I wouldn't have done because it was too much of a distraction but at the time it did help me um you know I remember I quit sugar for about six months so just artificial sugars okay so I can still have like fruits and natural sugars and I just quit sugars and that was like amazing I felt really more productive you know I had more clarity and I didn't Have big crashes and dips during

the day and then I went you know just more extreme and started to take out more foods that I thought might have that same effect on me um I went very very heavy into learning about business at this time I was running a side business at the time some of you know this I did some e-commerce stuff before um but I started to Branch out you know and learn more about again this is when I first heard about kind of like freelancing in The agency world and obviously that then set the entire you know journey

in place for the next couple of years um you know I would go to bed at a certain time a certain amount of sleep every day um I would limit again Netflix and consumption of content all of those things really really did help me because what they did was they actually removed a lot of distractions it removed a lot of things that melt made made me feel good in the short term okay so shortterm Pleasures so it meant that at the end of the day I was left still with the same thoughts right still with

all the same negative thoughts for the first couple of months but I now couldn't mask them right I couldn't hide them I had to battle I had to face them that's very difficult to do but it was necessary very very necessary and eventually once you wrestle with his thoughts and doubts and limiting beliefs for long enough you win you know it's like anything you keep At it you'll win and that's exactly what happened you know I got to a point where I then realized okay cool I am really in control and I am not a

victim and I can be happy and I can be successful only if I choose to do the things that I need to do to be that person so for you guys again if you're struggling on a personal level um you can try some of those things again heavy pinch salt you don't need to do them all it's a lot to do all at once it was very intense um but for Me it helps and I think it helped because I was in such a dark place that I needed something radical you know I needed an

an entire uplift like a a facelift right a change of everything I was ever doing on a daily basis for you you might need to just change one thing that could be it um but yeah if you're having you know and you know you're in this kind of place you do need to address it because it's not just going to go away and even if you were to just Pour yourself into business you're still going to have these scarves okay you're just going to now mask them with with business and success and and money and

you know I can tell you that it's cliche but it doesn't make you happy okay so it's not going to fix all these issues you need to try and fix these yourself right it doesn't have to be 100% but you got to got to get them under control because or else it will just manifest itself in a way that will be even worse When you have money because you'll now have freedom and and options to do whatever the hell you want in life which I I would say is actually more detrimental yeah once you're crying

in the Ferrari there's nothing left there there's nothing else to reach for you you reach the Pinnacle and it's like I've got here and there's nothing for me yeah nothing more and you might be extremely lonely and not in a good place okay so keep that in mind keep that in Mind because that links to what we just mentioned okay focusing on that long-term impact and results over your short-term Pleasures again it all just comes down to one word sacrifice you just have to decide am I willing to sacrifice enough now to live the life

that I want to live I once heard someone say that you know if you want to like whatever level of success you want to get to it all just comes down to who will sacrifice the most that's it okay So you don't have to make yourself miserable but you do have to make sacrifices you do have to cut out things that might necessarily be you know things that line up with that long-term Vision that you want to have hey if it's got to be done you got to decide are you willing to to do that

you know are you willing to cut those out is the long-term impact going to be better than the short-term Pleasures um and again the easiest way To look at this is I used to always use the framework would my future self thank me for this um I definitely pushed it to an extreme where there was once a period where like I would never do anything unless it was going to have long-term potential which is not good okay you need to have the balance you need to have you know a good time and enjoy the moment

as well um but that phrase really helped me because I would just remind myself every time I would sit sit down To do something whether it was watch a YouTube video or go on my phone or watch a movie what my future self thanking for this simple but very very effective and again you just have to be honest with yourself and you just have to not lie to yourself all right time to get into the good stuff this is the service aka the thing that you are going to sell to business owners to make your

first five to 10K per month all right so first off if you don't know this is what services Are it's what you sell all right it's not just that we're going to talk more about selling an offer right not just a service later on you see your service is more your vehicle of transformation it's the how you get more customers for your business it's how you get more followers for the client right it's how you get more leads and inquiries it's the the way you get them from A to Z from 0 Z to 10

all right it's the thing that gets them there so Services need to do Ideally three things one is create a desired outcome for example go from zero to 10 right that's the transformation that's the outcome 10 solve a problem and offer convenience okay I'll break these down in a little more detail for you now so the first ever client I sold social media marketing to paid me $1,200 per month so let's go through these three things and why they bought from me number one is they wanted a desired outcome right they desired an Outcome that

I was able to give to them true social media the thing is they didn't know that was going to happen but they believed me right they believed that I was going to get that out for them that outcome was more engaged social media followers more new followers which would then turn into new leads for their business and new customers that was the outcome the problem was multiple all right so problem one they didn't want to do it Themselves problem two they didn't know how to problem three they had tried a bunch of people before and

it never worked out that's the problem I'm going to solve for them convenience is me doing it all so instead of them trying to figure it out themselves and figuring out getting a graphic designer a video editor and you know all these people in place I would do all that for them so that's the convenience factor so if I had a call with them and I didn't offer Them a service that was going to get to the desired outcome wasn't going to solve a problem and it wasn't going to offer convenience they wouldn't have paid

us simple as they just would not have paid us it wouldn't have mattered if we had the cheapest service or you know the best result ever if we didn't solve these things if didn't solve these then they wouldn't have paid us okay so look your service can do a whole lot of things it can save your clients's time It can help them generate more sales it can help them collect data for their marketing team it could conduct customer service you know in the comments and DMS on Instagram it could build an email list for them

it could build relationships with their customers there's a hundred things it could do okay your goal is to figure out which of these is the most important for the type of business you want to work with and then solve for that now the thing is With Services many services can solve the same problem okay so the example is a business owner struggling to get leads that's their only problem well I could solve that with content creation right if I create really good videos that go viral I could get the more leads I could solve that

with social media management by posting the right Instagram stories that drive people to engage with their business and then become leads for the business could also do that with Facebook ads by running ads to a lead form or their website right you get the point so you need to make sure that you understand this first because some people think that there's only one service to get one outcome all right not the case so more examples for you to get this really clear in your head H the problem no time or no knowledge of how to

do social media your service social media management and the solution is this the business owner pays you you Manage their social media this saves them the time and the effort plus this is the extra benefit not the one they're paying for but the extra benefit it boosts their online presence brings them in more followers more customers and more sales another example the business is not getting enough customers or leads my service content creation solution business owner pays me to create engaging video content that reaches more followers and convinces people the Reasons why they should buy

the products of the business all right that would be true content creation and again as I mentioned this this work this this you know way of looking at it works for all different Services paid ads Google ads YouTube ads copyrighting email marketing Etc these Services I would only recommend to somebody that has experience in doing them because content creation and social media management are the two things that are the most Beginner friendly they're the easiest to learn you don't need to do a fancy certification to learn how to create content right you can learn all

of this stuff very very easy which is why we focus on them well one of the reasons why now do keep an eye out for new services so for example when a new social media platform comes out that can create a new service so when Tik Tok first came out that created a massive you know new opportunity for people to Offer Tik Tok as a service when threads came out with Instagram same thing and this will continually happen uh there's alternative platforms that not a lot of people talk about so for example if you were

to manage a Reddit for a business or a Pinterest account like I know off the top of my head those are not as common so not as many businesses will want that but then there's not as many people providing a service to that okay so have a think about these and see if You can find a unique angle where there's sufficient demand for it as well that's that's important right there's no point of me saying I'm going to manage interest if no business wants that okay uh user generated content you know just an example of

a service that has been around for a very long time but became very popular in the last few years and these are the kind of things that you want to keep an eye out for when you're looking at new services to add on and There's a whole bunch of other services but as mention we want to focus our effort on content creation and social media management for all the reasons of them being the best for beginners and I'll go deeper into this as we progress but just know that it's worked the best for me and

I do think it can work the best for you very important that you don't try and offer all of these Services okay a jack of Trades is a master of none there are certain Services that we combine and make a lot of sense to combine and do two of them together for example content creation and social media management perfect fit because you create the content and then you post the content all right Facebook ads and funnel building for example work really nicely together email marketing copywriting really nicely together okay but apart from these pick one

thing get good at that one thing you see before I started my social media marketing Business I was a freelancer okay I did everything like everything you can think of I did appointment setting Emil marketing content creation copywriting like so many different things and I was okay at all of them but I could never truly be great at one of them because my focus is split between five or 10 things when I decided no you know what this whole freelance thing of me doing everything isn't going to work it'll get me to a few thousand

per month but it's Not going to help me build a real long-term business that can replicate the same thing over and over again for our clients that's when I decided I would do the marketing business with just one thing content creation social media management those are the two things we started with I say it as one cuz they link right but doing that if I didn't do that I would not be here okay if I continued on this path of trying to do everything for everyone I wouldn't Have been able to get this far so

far okay now a really key point is that even if you just pick one service it doesn't mean that you can never offer other services my advice is that you focus on one service until you have enough clients get enough results for your clients and then you can add in what we call upsells okay so you've sold someone and then you upsell them it's selling them an extra thing okay an example is my Student Success manager you know this Is a very common example for him is he gets a client for 500 or 1,000 per

month for social media management and content creation and then he actually upsells them onto paid advertising but not immediately maybe after 3 months with him so that he can get a business in create good content build their brand up right make it look really good very professional build up their social media get more engagement more followers and then when That starts to work for them they can then do paid advertising and when they do paid advertising they get better results on the ads because the social media actually looks good if he just ran the ads

and the social media was really bad then people would take that into account when I buy from a business right this watch if I was to buy this watch right here if I got an ad for this watch I wouldn't buy just based on the ad I would buy based on the ad the website The social media and other factors so it's very important in my eyes that if you go down the route of paid ads that there's some element of content creation and social media Management in that so this is why social media management

and content creation is the service pairing that I would recommend to you it worked for me and I know it can work for you I I genuinely believe it's the easiest path to your first fight to 10K per month and one of the biggest reasons why Is that it's easier to sell if I'm selling you a $1,000 per month social media package it's actually half the price of a $1,000 per month advertising package now you might be confused so let me explain when you pay me $11,000 a month to manage your social media that's it

you don't have to pay any more money right you pay me I'll handle it we're good to go if you pay me $1,000 a month for Facebook ads Instagram ads YouTube ads that's my service fee so that's not The money that we're going to now spend on the actual ads because ads aren't free you've got to pay for them so that means you'll have to Fork out another at least $1,000 like minimum it wouldn't make sense to pay me $1,000 to manage $500 in ad spend for you it wouldn't make sense you'd want to spend

at least 1,000 maybe two maybe three so what I'm actually selling you even though you might only pay me a th000 is that I'm telling you you have to commit to Spending three or four grand a month you can start to see how this image of selling Facebook ads for a thousand a month it's not as easy as people make it out to be it's also in my opinion easier to retain clients with social media management and content creation you see a lot of business owners see ads as a set and forget kind of thing

right they think they can just pay you to set up run the ads for a couple of months optimize them and then just remove you Kick you out and manage the ads themselves and this happens very very often see social media management is not like that like at all because if you're going to get get if I'm going to get paid to do social media managements the work I do now can't just be you know it doesn't just run on autopilot right like we have to manually post content every day we've got to manually post

to Instagram stories we've got to manually respond to comments and DM it's an Ongoing task so you know yes it's laborious it's a labor driven service but it means that they can't just kick us right like your client can't just say after 2 months oh yeah social media is looking good we're just going to stop now no and if in fact they might do more they're more likely to actually do more and so of course not all business owners think this about ads but it is very very common right because when when ads get to

a certain point they don't need to be Optimized as much they can to an extent be set and forget and you don't want that for your service because if they think they're paying you a th000 a month to do nothing and just check the ads once a day that ain't going to last very very long okay now since we're providing a convenience service with social media management and cont content creation right like it it really creates creates a lot of convenience okay like it's we'll do the thing that you probably Don't want to do or

don't know how to do that's convenience but we're now doing it at half the price of what ads would be it's easier for your clients to renew and not cancel all right think about it like this if if I'm going to be spending two grand a month on X and 1,000 a month on y well two grand a month on X is a bigger decision right there's more of a negative outcome if I decide to keep that rolling or there's more of a positive outcome if I decide to cancel That so I'm more likely to

put more thought into do I renew or do I cancel it's like how your Spotify subscription you probably don't even notice right $10 a month you don't even think about but if you're paying $100 a month for something you'll think more about it it's the same analogy here and this is if you know it's 2K a month what if you're getting paid 1,000 a month and then they spend three grand a month on the ads that's four grand a month well You make one they spend four versus 1K a month on social media okay so

you can see by this what we're doing is we're kind of keeping our prices in a Range where it's less of a big decision it's a smaller decision which means it's easier for a client to just keep it rolling okay example my first ever client that paid 1,200 a month they stayed for 20 months and there's the kicker we had to fire them simply because they were working with with us okay my business Partner was managing their social media and they didn't want any of our team members to manage the page which was kind of

annoying and it was just the way it happened because they were our first client we didn't have team members when we signed them and then we of course brought in team members as we scaled and they just didn't like that they didn't ever want to be handed over to a different team member which was fine and we were willing to do it for a long time But we got to a point where we fired them they stayed for 20 months right a lot of that was down to the convenience the fact that we had to

do the work every month they didn't want to do it every month and the price was low enough cuz this was a big company so 1,200 a month for them was nothing right but if if they were paying a three or four or it was five grand they would have thought about it more so we might have actually made less money by charging More money crazy how that works it's also easier to hire and build a team with social media management and content creation Okay the reason being is that this is less technical it's much

easier to hire a social media manager a graphic designer a video editor or a virtual assistant to handle the service than somebody who knows copywriting funnel building conversion rate optimization and ads right like they're just more Technical and the way to to understand This is if you go to a job platform let's say upwork.com and you look at the average price for a graphic designer versus a Facebook ads guy there's normally a big difference the Facebook ads person might charge $30 an hour graphic designer might charge $10 an hour okay so because they're charging more

money they're charging more because it's a more complex job that they're doing which means that if you're going to build a team for that it's more Difficult and it's more expensive which is not what we want we want it easier to hire people so if I need to replace my graphic designer it's easy to replace them like I don't have to stress about it and that my profit mergin are higher by hiring people that don't cost as much money okay and in my opinion it's easier to get results of this you see many businesses that

pay for social media management like they pay for it because they know they have to do it it's kind Of like in the in the era we're in right now businesses don't just do it to make more money to get new customers that's a massive driver but a big part of it is cuz like they have to right like if I find a restaurant on on my phone on Google Map and then I check the Instagram and the Instagram is terrible I'm probably not going to go to the restaurant and businesses understand this because customers

tell them they know this by now in the day and age We're in they know it so they see it as a thing that they have to do they're not looking for miracles and this is really really important you see Gary ve just for an example very famous business guy he's been talking about how businesses need to be on social media for years nearly every businesses business has heard it they've heard it on a podcast they read it in a book it's just known right whereas running ads or doing email marketing they know probably about

those Things but they're not as essential you know they're still very important but not as essential and this just means that it's easier for our client to be Happ because we're doing the thing that they know they have to do so they're not necessarily thinking that their business is going to explode overnight of course some clients will think that but the vast majority won't it's easier to understand right it's less complex and this is really important for you if You're a beginner to understand about funnels as conversion rate optimization tracking pixels email marketing all of

the stuff that goes into ads that's tough like that will take time trust me that takes a lot more time than understanding how to create some content in canva and cap cut and post it on social media it's way easier trust me okay like I can get a beginner up and running within like 2 weeks even if they've never done any social media any Content before and they can true using templates for canva or templates for capcut they can do it really good not 10 out of 10 but 8 out of 10 like decent quality

enough to satisfy the needs of a business okay really guys the the most important reason is not my opinion but it's based on the data the students we work with people I've coached and mentored the most successful of those do these two things we have successful students that do ads and emails and Different services but the overwhelming majority are doing content creation graphic design photo shoots video content and social media management managing Instagram Pages Facebook pages Tik Tok Pages Etc you know some of these people here just couple examples they're all doing this this is

you know all of these people got to this point with this being the main thing that they do and me personally I built my agency to 50K a month doing this over a million in Revenue got it to fully automated stage meaning I did 30 minutes a day that's what I mean when I say fully automated is 30 minutes of work a day communicating with my team checking in managing just seeing everything is good to go and that's you know having a sales team client manager Service delivery team the whole N9 yards and so much

so that you know I'm going to actually show you right now I'm going to show you what a package looks like for $2,500 per month so you can see for your own eyes how you would package this together how you would sell this and really that you can charge a lot of money with it I've told you about all the benefits of charging less but if you're like no Adam I want to charge more money and I want to charge 2 Grand 2,500 a month three grand you can do that for this service as well

so I'm going to show you that in this mini video right now so make sure to watch Now one of the most commonly asked questions I get is Adam how much do you charge and then what does a package actually look like for your clients so in this video I'm going to break down an exact client proposal that I sent out a couple of years back for a 2,500 per month social media management client I'm going to show you of course the price we charged what was included and the full breakdown of what we had

to deliver to the client for them to be Willing to pay that money so this is the title of the proposal Instagram Community Management and custom content creation we have listed here what's provided by the client so the client needs to give us guidelines and directions if needed for the content and Community Management for example if we are creating content we want to get our client to approve the content before it goes live so that when it goes live there's no issues the Client needs to give us a sharable folder AKA a Google drive folder

or a Dropbox with any content that my agency Eng agency can use in the community that my agency can use in the community management and content creation services so this means again this is putting the onus on the client so that if we have not received any of their Raw photos or photos of their product or whatever we may need to create content that they need to give it To us this is very important because in my agency we have never provided ugc or photo shoots to clients we have always told the client that they

have to sort that themselves and then they got to bring it to us and we'll use it in content the client must provide us with any promotional or bonus material that will be included in any content creation services for example if they're running a sale on their products on the 14th of the month they need to let us know and They got to give us the heads up and the content for that beforehand same goes just to reiterate that time and schedule to follow for any promotional launches or live q&as that they may be hosting

in the weeks all right here's what's provided by my agency now if you look really closely I actually have here find a breakdown of hours and pricing below this section I don't believe we give the full breakdown of hours so we may have removed that but maybe we forgot to Remove it from this part so first custom content this is infographics and captions created scheduled and posted for the Instagram page which is listed below content will be studied and analyzed on an ongoing basis to ensure post are designed to reach the largest audience possible and

content can be based on specific product launches when requested by the client to promote more Revenue generating activities okay so again this is saying when requested by Client so that if the client is just expecting us to promote the sale that they're running they need to let us know in advance that hey guys there's a sale running let's post about it Community Management for the page listed below this involves responding to DMS this involves replying to comments responding to DMS and adding content to stories this also includes directing followers to relevant product pages to boost

sales and promotional content provided by Client can then be scheduled and managed so here's the price we have 2 ,500 as the monthly price and this is for three client accounts not just one account so client account one is the highest paid of $1,200 this includes 30 infog graphics and we say at least for the first month based on this and this and it's all done by us aha I was correct we do include the hourly breakdown for the Community Management so we're saying to the client Because of the size of your page because for

this specific client this was a big client account they already had 880,000 followers that we recommended we would spend at least 1 hour per day on the Community Management for client account 2 it's only $800 because we're creating 15 infographics ourselves and this is for one of their meal Pages where they post about meals and then 15 posts would be provided by the client so they would send us the photos and we would just Write captions and schedule the content actually in client account two you'll see we dropped it to 45 minutes a day for

Community Management in client account 3 is only 500 why is it only 500 well two things one we're doing 15 to 20 posts provided by clients we're not not creating any content we're just taking what they give us putting captions on and posting and then finally the Community Management is only 15 minutes per day this really important if you're Managing multiple pages from one client I recommend you add this in all three pages will be promoted SLG grown through all three pages meaning that we will help grow the followings meaning we will help grow The

Following on pages number two and three by leveraging the bigger sized page number one because the page number one had 80k followers and the other client accounts were very very similar in the same industry we've told the client that we're going to use that Big account to grow these other smaller accounts payment terms so the payment plan provided by engagency of $2,500 per month provided by the client I and this is where the client signs confirm that payment will be made via preferred payment method at the beginning of agreed payment period and then we include

a non-disclosure so there you have it folks that's the entire package if you're doing this for just one page then $11,200 a month is typically a Price point that we have charged for mult M clients for this exact service but make sure you change this like we discussed earlier based on if you're going to hire a team make sure you have a high enough price to basically allow yourself to hire those people without killing your profit margin and you should be good so it doesn't matter what type of marketing business you want to start whether

it's social media management or a different service Doesn't matter one thing you need to get very clear on is if you're going to do this as a freelancer or an agency owner all right so let me just walk you through okay I'm going to walk you through two routes that you can take which one you choose is going to depend on on what you want to put in how much work you want to put in and of course what you get out of the business how much profit it makes how high you can scale Etc

now this is not a high stakes Decision so you can decide you want to start as a freelancer and then change to an agency owner down the road so don't put too much pressure on this watch this video and then make a decision and then move and take action okay so number one is the freelance or onep person business model super common and this is where you just do everything yourself you find clients you deliver the service you don't pay any employees none of that it's kind of like a high paying job but You obviously

get to choose who you work with and the time you work and all of that good stuff so in the Uber example this would be you selling the rides in your car and you do the driving okay so most common it's how I started as a freelancer before I started a marketing agency and with our most successful students most of them start this way and transition to agency owner later on and it's what I'd probably recommend for you now agency or the business route is Where you sell services online but you hire somebody to deliver

them for you so it's essentially the same as freelance but you hire somebody to help you create content or manage a social media page so you don't own the car or drive people around you hire other people to drive others around okay so that's the example I think you understand that but I want to make it clear again that you can switch so the main difference between the two is really whether you want to Hire people or not some people just don't want to do this when they're starting they want to take it slow they

want to get a client spend time with them understand how that whole system works and then when they're comfortable with that they can then start to hire people um so this is again how I started and then I transition to agency owner so whichever route you decide just make sure you make that decision now so for most of our students this is what it Looks like 0o to three clients is freelance do everything themselves 3 to 10 is a hybrid between freelance and agency where they don't hire people to do everything but a lot of

the work okay so for example Chris and Robbie two of our students I can think of right now they're in a Business Partnership those guys are doing about £10,000 a month so about like 12 $133,000 and they do the hybrid cuz they've got around 10 clients and the profit margin is like 85% so They do a lot of work for their clients like communicating with them but then they have graphic designers video editors appointment ERS people on the back that do a lot of the work and then 10 plus clients is when you typically go

Agency Route because trying to scale the freelance route is uh a recipe to burn yourself out very fast you'll get annoyed you'll be stressed you'll be working way too many hours okay so make that decision now and get clear on this Okay so if you're not sure you want a quick refresher this is the most common freelance you do everything yourself find clients deliver service don't play pay for employees it's a high paying job best for right these are the people we think is best for uh someone who doesn't want to hire anybody someone who

understands how to deliver a service so you know for example how to do social media management that's fantastic it's someone who's happy to spend time Working in the business doing the things you know learning the operation and starting off you know it's not a hard and fast rule like you can switch later on okay so uh Student Success manager example right my Student Success manager he did freelance until about 4K a month and then scaled to 20K a month with hybrid SL agency okay so this is again very common to start off now working on

your business not in your business is a term you're going to hear in the Business world you might have even heard it from me okay so the idea here is that you know the most successful people don't do the work they figure out how to hire other people to do the work but when you're starting off as a beginner it's not really the best advice I think one of the best things you can do as a beginner is to get your hands dirty do a lot of the work and then later on you can work

on and not in the business okay you see when you're not managing a team Like there's benefits you don't have to track time making sure they did the work they said they did and double checking stuff you don't have to worry about selling your client this service and then your team delivering a sub power you know a not so good service and profits you make more money like you will profit more money obviously at scale it just doesn't work and it breaks okay so the profit margin for freelance one person business is between 90 to

100% right like you don't have an office you've no employees you might pay for a couple of tools or softwares but you know that's kind of it right like your income potential with this is up to about 10K per month and then after that yeah you're going to be you're going to be fairly burnt out okay uh but obviously very high profit Mar an example would be Rachel one of our students uh this is a little old this photo this is just the award we sent to Her but she gots over 10K a month with

freelance and you know she she worked a lot but she didn't work 70 hours a week um with the agency business this is the quick review so you're selling the services but you're selling social media management and then hiring somebody to do the work or hiring two people to do the work all right you could hire one social media manager or you could hire a designer virtual assistant and you know you could you can change the way in Which you do it okay um so that's the review of it it's really best for the person

that's already making some money with this all right maybe between 1 to 5K per month um or you're at zero but you don't have a lot of time to deliver the services or you have absolutely no idea like you genuinely have no idea and you don't want to learn how to do it fair enough you can start from zero with this model not a problem and it's really best for scaling you know getting past That 10K per month ceiling and going upwards to 20 30 40 50k per month and now profit margin is where you're

going to take a hit with the agency model uh we want to aim for between 60 to 80% your B biggest expense is going to be labor hiring the right people to do the right things so for example when I scaled my agency to 50K per month you know our margin was somewhere in that range between 60 to 80% depended on every month uh for example we would have Certain months where clients might pay in full so they might pay for 3 months of service up front for a bit of a discount and maybe we

had already paid for a software in full for a year and and then our basically our Revenue will be higher and you know cost will be lower but it just depends on how you run things but this is what you'd want to aim for 60 to 80% case study of this is Ty Student Success manager as I mentioned started freelance then Transitioned into agency model and yeah that's gotten him to 20K per month so if you've decided you're going to go down the agency route and you're going to hire people to help you with the

service and with what you're going to provide to your clients I now want to walk you through a very important video which is this what a social media manager really does going to walk you through a rough daily task list and checklist that I would give to a social media manager so That they know what to do now if you're taking the freelance route it's still worth watching this video to understand what you should do as the social media manager we're going to roll the training Now take notes make your own checklist enjoy what does

a social media manager actually do the checklist I'm going to give you is what was responsible for gaining over 880,000 followers in just a 3mon period for one of our clients this checklist works for Freelancers and for Agency owners if you're a freelancer you sign clients you do all the work yourself you keep all the profit if you're an agency owner you hire other people to do some of the work you focus on marketing in sales and you keep roughly 70% of the do quick side note the price that you charge your client should reflect

the checklist the checklist I'm going to give you is what I used for clients that were paying $1,200 per month not a $300 per month Client the client is paying you $300 per month you're probably not going to do as much for example you would post less content engage with their followers less post stories on a couple times a week you would just dumb down right condense the amount of work down to a smaller block the checklist I'm going to show you I used to personally follow myself four clients before we had lots of team

members and it would take me roughly 30 minutes a day to follow this checklist So that means it was taking 30 minutes a day to serve one client all right step number one is to identify the platform that you will use for my clients we always focused on Instagram and the price that we charged was for one platform not for two or three I would recommend that you stick to one platform because if you have five clients one pays for Pinterest management Instagram management another pays for Tik Tok it gets messy and you will not

be able to Perfect your strategies because each platform is different my agency because we just stuck with Instagram it meant that we could get very good at that we didn't have to be Tik Tok experts we didn't have to be Pinterest experts we just had to be good at that one thing cool so that's step number one step number two is to create your content strategy for the month in my agency we never once took any photos or any videos for clients here's how things would work Clients would send us access the content they had

for example if they're a supplement company they'd send us photos of their product and some videos now nine times out of 10 the client had barely any content so then we would have to create most of the content ourselves so we would rely on a lot of quotes Graphics carousels and animated videos for Instagram so if somebody is telling you that you have to go physically to your client take photos and videos it's Cap what you're going to include in this content strategy are two key things a Content calendar and a Content idea AA sheet

for example if we take a look at my laptop I'll show you a screenshot here this is a Content calendar template we give to my students and you'll see we have content pillars so we have four content pillars that we want to use for each client so pillar number one could be educational content pillar two could be valuable content pillar three could Be testimonials pillar four could be showcasing the product and then we always want to remind oursel of the five EAS of content marketing as you can see here does it get the community talking

and sharing the content does it help them learn something new does it make them laugh or entertain them does it lift them up and brighten their day does it drive them to take action before you create any content or put any ideas of content to your client make sure one of Those is ticked now if we look at the content calendar itself you'll see we have a posting schedule where we lay out the days from Sunday to Saturday what we're going to post so Sunday let's say lifestyle piece of content Monday a graphic Tuesday a

text or a tweet Wednesday a real Thursday a graphic and so on and so forth and then we can use this content calendar to put the ideas on this sheet we can show them what type of content is going to be What's the Title of the piece of content and even a screenshot of an example of a piece of content that it might look like and then we can track if it's made if it's in progress or if it's ready to go cool so that's step number two step number three is actually creating the content

so if we're focusing on Instagram we need to create content for the feed and for the stories the easiest way to do this is to have given your ideas in the content calendar to your client they approve all The ideas for the month you then send those ideas to your graphic or design team or you do it yourself while they're working on the designs and the videos you can go ahead and start writing the captions and the hashtags for the content step number four is to actually post the content follow the content calendar each day

that's why we've already done that because it saves you a lot of time and effort each day step five is to Monitor and engage so check The comments and DMS respond to anything you need to respond to and finally grow tax if you are creating good quality content that's educational and sharable your client account should grow and if it's not the content is probably not good enough but some clients will want more growth you're getting them 300 followers a month and they're expecting 1,000 I'm going to give you some grow attacks that I have personally

used in my agency not all of these I recommend Some of these I would not do but I'll give them to you you can make up that decision yourself so grow tack number one is the doar ad0 strategy coined by Gary ve you basally give your 2 cents on a bunch of pieces of content every day in the hope that people didn't follow you back cuz they saw your cool comment then we have follow for follow where you basically hijack somebody else's followers in my case I would find another business coach go to his Followers

follow them and hope they follow me back again pretty spammy wouldn't recommend then you've got buying shoutouts very very useful but only applies to certain industries example in the fitness industry works really really well there are tons of Fitness Instagram pages with millions of followers but again you're not going to have those type of pages in every industry and number four is running paid ads I have seen social media managers Run very lowbudget paid ads such as $5 a day to boost engagement boost likes and to bring in followers would I recommend it no definitely

not but it's an option now you might be thinking Adam how do you follow that entire checklist in 30 minutes a day that seems a little bit unrealistic here's why it's realistic that 30 minutes per day is averaged out from the hours that I put in each day over the entire month so because ideally I want to plan out all my content and Give it to my client for them to approve at the start of the month that block of work that I've done creating the content calendar might take me 2 hours but that's it

I don't have to touch it again for the month same when it comes to creating the actual content the graphics the videos the Instagram stor if my client has approved all my ideas I can get all of that content done if I'm creating it myself maybe I can just go into flow mode for a day and create all Of the content and if I'm working with designers or editors I can send it off to them so that they get it all done the 30 minutes per day is primarily consisted of you actually taking the content

posting it with the caption with the hashtag and then monitoring the account look with the agency rout you can hire a social media manager who might be someone who's able to create content and manage a social media page but it's often the case where you'll Want to hire multiple different people so for example you might want to hire a cfic designer a video editor and a virtual assistant instead of just a social media manager it's up to you which route you take I would personally prefer to hire a graphic designer and a video editor and

a virtual assistant three people instead of one but if you're starting as a beginner that might be overwhelming right hiring three versus one managing three versus one is Harder okay so what might make sense for you is to just find that one person that one person that can help you out so maybe it's just you hire a video editor and then you do the hybrid of you then managing a social media page for a business that's an option or I'm not going to say if you're lucky but if you can find the person social media

manager who's not too expensive but knows all of it you're in for a treat so in this video I'm going to walk you through kind Of my rough thoughts and processes on how to hire really good team members as we call them a players so there's going to be lots of information in this okay and if you're not hiring ing right now you don't need to watch this necessarily and you could skip to the next section first let's begin with where you're going to find social media managers there are two places that I've primarily hired

from those are upwork and Facebook groups it's quite a shock to many people But there's still so many talented people on upwork and in these Facebook groups just waiting for somebody to hire them you can often find social media managers in these groups and on outwork very very cheaply we're talking $5 to $10 per hour that are incredibly good at what they do they may just not know how to get clients they just know how to manage a social media page very well so if you can get the clients and they can handle the work

you've got a perfect Start to your relationship I'm going to share with you a quick hack for upwork many people come to me and say hey Adam I've been posting jobs on upwork and I'm not getting any good responses right everybody who's applying is either not good too expensive or I'm not getting anybody applying right I'm posting the job and all I hear is crickets I'm going to show you how to get the best of upwork you're you're going to write out a job post for a social media manager if You need some inspiration go

to chat GPT and ask it to write one for you step two is to post the job on upwork step three is to repost that same job two to three times per day each and every day for at least one to two weeks and just change the wording in the title and in the description of the job post this is a little trick that we used to use in my agency that literally changed this entire process for us it made hiring a social media manager very difficult and Changed that into a very easy task if

you follow this approach you will get in undated with social media managers applying to your job you now need to know how to filter so that you can look at one or let's say 200 candidates and pick the perfect person from that batch what I recommend you do is you send them a trial task then invite them to an interview and then hire the best and here is a sample trial task that I actually sent to one of my students During the week that I'm going to give to you guys for free so before you

hop on 100 interviews with 100 different social media managers get them to finish this trial task this trial task will give you a really good understanding of if they are going to be a good fit I'm going to call it out for you right now and we're going to put it on screen task number one is to send us a loom video this loom video is going to be sent to our client John and you want to explain To John the following analytics from his social media 1,000 new followers 15,000 new accounts reached engagement to

up 200% and keep in mind John runs a skincare business so make sure he knows how these analytics are going to help him grow his business step two is to come up with 10 ideas for new content for John's skincare business for the following month and step three is to check out the attached graphic that we've made for a client and identify What needs to be changed to make this post better suited for Instagram so really the idea here is very very simple if we post this job two three times a day and we get

hundreds of applicants we need to narrow down the applicants to find out who's going to be a good fit before we waste hours and hours on hundreds of potential interviews so if we have 300 people that apply to the job maybe only only 50% complete the trial task so that means 150 people complete This task out of those 150 trust me you will get a very very good and clear understanding within a couple of minutes of reviewing each application who's going to be a good fit and who's not going to be a good fit you

may only have three to five people that you then need to go ahead and interview invite them to an interview and it makes the hiring process 10 times easier the reason this trial task works is for the following reasons one you understand their ability To understand analytics and social media insights this is key because if they want to be a good social media manager they need to know that two you'll get a good understanding of if they know how to create good engaging content again if they don't know how to do this the chances are

they won't be able to grow any client accounts or your account and point number three is you're going to get an understanding of their communication skills if you're hiring a Social media manager to work directly with you you need to make sure they can communicate easily and effectively with you but if you're hiring them to manage your clients if they're good at communicating they could actually take over the the client communication process meaning they do the work for the client and they speak to the client the final question you probably have is how do I

get them to log into an Instagram or social media account is there any Tools or safe way of doing this there are but I would highly recommend that you just find somebody that you trust and you can just give them the login directly aside from that you might be wondering how much do you pay as I mentioned I've hired social media managers and client managers for as low as $10 sometimes even lower just depending on the amount of responsibilities that they have I found a lot of incredibly talented social Media managers and client Managers from

countries such as India Pakistan but also South Africa so in my social media marketing agency I niched down now many of the students I've worked with in my program have not niched down so I'm going to give you two cases in this segment showing you the reasons as to why sometimes it makes sense to Niche down and why in other cases it doesn't and sometimes for beginners it's more preferred to not Niche down it gives you A bit more flexibility you don't tie yourself into working with a one you know just one specific type of

business and I can give you the flexibility that we're going to discuss okay so I wanted to make that clear that there's two Roots going to discuss them here um again in my agency we worked mainly with Fitness coaches and supplement companies now we had clients that fell outside of those niches okay those were clients such as referrals clients that would Have referred their friends that had businesses to us where we were going to take them on they didn't fit the ideal client you know they weren't exactly what we were looking for but it was

an easy client so we didn't turn them away but out of the 355 clients that we worked with I would estimate you know at least we're talking about at least maybe 150 of each between 150 online coaches and 150 online Brands and the rest of the clients then were a mix okay so Let's get into it now as mentioned going to show you two different sides now to really make this clear this is not a high stakes decision okay you don't need to spend the next day figuring this out you can spend the next five

minutes and then you're going to rock and roll with that okay it's okay to change your decision now what I will also make very very clear is that my view on this has changed you see for my agency having a niche was the I think one of the most Important things I genuinely don't think we would have scaled to the way to scal to the heights we got to without having a niche like it really played such a crucial role but a lot of the people I work with a lot of the students I've mentored

don't have niches okay and they have shown to me that there's a different way so I'm now going to give you the insights based on what worked for me and hundreds of people have worked with it all right so let's get in Number one which is what I did is you choose a niche now so before you work with any business you decide which type of business you're going to work with now this can be a specific type of business or a certain industry example you could say online coaches that's a type of business that

could mean you could work with an online yoga coach a a fitness coach a business coach a mindset coach right there's tons of variations just the online coaching business model Is what you're looking for the opposite of that is finding an industry okay Fitness that's an industry but you could have a a gym you could have a PT a fitness coach you could have a supplement company they're all very different in how they operate what they sell how much they charge and their business all right so most people choose a niche and then they change

it right they don't just pick one and then that's it you know from day one they know Exactly they're going to work with that Niche for the next 10 years for me that's how it worked we chose Fitness because I was in the fit Niche myself I had a Instagram page where I posted Fitness content my business partner did as well it just made sense and that's what we then committed to work with so look why do people Niche down number one is they know a lot about a thing I knew a lot about Fitness

it made sense number two is they have previous results Working with them some of the freelance work I did was with Fitness coaches so when I was doing absolutely everything right appointment setting emails ads social media I worked with some Fitness coaches so I had that little bit of experience with them to know all right I understand how they think think I know how to sell to them yeah that's going to work well number three is if you want a streamline Service delivery okay think of it like this when Nike sells you know Just their

standard say caps right or Nike shoes doesn't matter the product they have an assembly line the product's the same okay so they can sell 10 units or 10,000 units all that differs is they just need to feed it more of the raw materials right like it's conveyor belt it's just the same thing over and over again however if Nike was a custom designer store where they make clothes right really high-end clothes that are c meaning that like they take your Measurements they you know tailor you you choose the materials all of that it would be

very different right they'd have to charge way more money because they wouldn't be able to have a conveyor belt system for my agency this really helped it really did help because when we had a client come in and sign up I wasn't thinking oh I've got to figure out the process now or I've got to figure out how to get them results no I didn't because we' already done the Process C with other clients so when you have your 100 client work with you you've already done it right like you're just replicating the process so

big reason for me a big reason why it works for a lot of people number four is they solve a specific problem so if you like in my case right like I knew Fitness that's number one I had some previous results I could then streamline Service delivery and I knew I could solve a specific problem which was I knew Fitness coaches what they were good at was helping their clients all right like delivering the service and they were good at sales they were good at get somebody on the phone and sell them a fitness package

what they weren't good at was posting content on social media managing that posting Instagram stories that wasn't what they wanted to do and it wasn't what they were good at so I knew I could solve that problem number five then is to have Clarity when you do Outreach we're going to talk more about this in Outreach but this is the this is one of the reasons why you would and wouldn't choose a niche if you decide to go in an Outreach platform that it's not Niche specific more on that later you won't need to worry

okay so if you're going to Niche down I'd recommend that you don't just have one of these factors you ideally like myself want to have multiple of these factors that you can say yes to if you just know a lot about Something but like you don't really understand the other stuff it might make sense for you right now or it might make sense for you to pick a niche not be married to it and then potentially change it down the line Okay so we've already looked at Nike we don't even need to um go into

detail there so who should Niche down typically it's someone who has a deeper understanding of marketing or the service they'll deliver or they've got relevant experience all Right so for example you know we had a student that had been a realtor for 10 years so obviously it made sense for them to work with real estate agents right they know a lot about it they have previous results working with them you know pretty straightforward right whereas if we have John who's a beginner and he doesn't have any experience he's never worked with anybody he's maybe in

college then yeah it probably doesn't make sense to Niche down you know it Probably makes sense to keep his options open and let his Niche find him this is what we've just put this slide as let your Niche find you you see for a lot of our students they start off with no Niche and then they pivot right and at 10 clients and going from 10 to 20 then they have a niche right this is basically going out there and letting your Niche find you so if you have multiple clients on board this is the

most common way to do this uh for Example you've got um a fitness coach you've got a real estate agent and you work with an e-commerce brand three very different businesses very different Industries but you really enjoy working with one type of client you got good results with them and you can see that most of the businesses in that industry will be the same so for me right let's just say with Fitness coaches I'm like oh damn you know what I mean like I I get these guys I like working with them I like creating

the content for them I'm getting them good results that's an indicator as oh yeah I should focus on that whereas if you don't have that right you've got three clients and to be honest you don't like any of them you know or they're all kind of fine well then yeah don't Niche down just keep going until you get to that point all right so look you will probably Niche down eventually okay if you're going to go from 10K to 20K to 30k a month doing so without a niche is really difficult like really really difficult

but for you right now I'm assuming that you are starting this journey don't worry about it all right just get just get started a lot of people use this as an excuse to not get started and they you know they say hey look I'm still trying to find Niche it's like man don't worry just like you're good you can start with one let's get rocking and rolling it will find you When the time so if you've decided you do want to Niche down I really need to make sure that you understand the industry and how

it works so for example I'm not going to Niche down on candle makers right you know even if it checks all the boxes like I can solve a problem for them um you know a relevant experience but I don't truly understand their business it it just wouldn't make sense right like you need to understand the business so for example with me with Fitness I understood it you know I understood how a fitness coach gets clients I understood the struggle of getting clients because I had tried it myself so I could relate to them on that

and understand it one of the biggest mistakes I see with people I work with is they'll choose a niche like you know e-commerce Brands dog e-commerce Brands right and they don't have a dog they don't understand how an e-commerce brand works like they don't understand supply Chain or the profit margin in an e-commerce brand and that will just make it more difficult for you to appear as the expert so there's a concept called a no-brainer offer it's become really popular the last couple of years a no-brainer offer is an offer so good that people feel

stupid saying no to it so typically to make a no-brainer offer people add things in like a guarantee or money back you know they they they add in something that makes it really good Right very attractive now the question is do you need one of these because if you're a beginner my strong opinion is that you shouldn't have a no-brainer offer no-brainer offer makes a lot of sense when you have a track record and you can prove that you can do the thing you're going to say you're going to do so for example in my

mentorship program we have a no-brainer offer we have a guarantee we didn't start with a guarantee in fact we only introduced the Guarantee after maybe a year and a half to two years of running the program we couldn't start with one cuz if I had started with a guarantee to be honest it's kind of lying if I had started my program never me anybody ever before and just said hey I'm going to guarantee you to make 5 or 10K a month yeah could I really guarantee that cuz have I been able to take somebody else

from zero to the first 5 or 10K I month no so my friend if you're hearing about this Concept I want you to take it with a heavy pinch of salt it's important having a good offer is important but it is truly not necessary all right these are just two DMs I got on Instagram with no brainer off going to have a little bit of fun here and pick them apart a bit obviously I won't expose their names I wouldn't do that to them but this to me is the epitome of the downfall of everybody

using Nob Briner offers all right let's start with the one on the Right he says I will get you 5x the followers reach engagement clients no less every month guaranteed organically no paid ads no nothing this is my sixth year in social media management if it does not work then you don't have to pay or you free this week for a quick check okay so is this a good offer yeah it's a good offer right like this guy is telling me he's going to 500% increase the number of followers I have okay so on Instagram

let's say I have 50,000 Followers wow so he's going to bring me to 250,000 followers whatever my reach and engagement is he's going to 5x that the number of clients I get let's say I get one client a day so he's going to now get me five clients a day right all organic so I don't have to do any paid advertising and then if it doesn't work I don't have to pay him any money that to me sounds way too good to be true right that's number one number Two is the way he's written it

the text it just doesn't look professional let's be real right like like this is like buying a real estate property and the listing has spelling mistakes and you know there's no contract like it's just all over the place messy yeah even if the property was €20,000 for a penthouse apartment you wouldn't do it right because it's something is off that's how I would think about that DM right there so I Think you can you can see where I'm going with this where a lot of beginners are using this because they just don't know how to

get clients like genuinely they don't know how to get clients they don't know how to do sales they haven't gone through the stuff that we teach and because of that they resort to oh well if I just tell them I'll get this crazy result for free and then they don't have to pay me on this I get it I'll get a client no please don't do that if we Look at the one on the left all right more professional all right so we've got good grammar everything looks good but still I'm going to kind of

explain my thoughts on why I don't think this works very well so hi Adam this is Aman feel free to tell me no but I'm looking to take one more smma coach take their coaching business to the next level through the power of by mechanism okay red flag number one is he's pitched me immediately I don't like that I don't Think it works number two is he's introduced this concept by mechanism which I've been in the industry long enough to know that he's just watched the YouTube video of some guy who said like you know

come up with like a unique name on your thing right like by mechanism like bro what is that like what is your by like geez bro like is that is it social media management are you going to manage my page are you going to run out Like what are you going to do by mechanism just sounds like gobbley goop made up words to make it sound impressive when most business owners are going to see through that directly I've nothing nothing against having a name like of your unique strategy but like that there is just that's

too much to me if you haven't heard about this it's a unique system where we come in and help you get a 35% increase in your sales or you don't pay he's failed to mention how Right so he's just basically saying you're going to make 35% more money for free cuz you don't have to pay if I don't get it but he's not explaining what that is he's just saying again like it's a unique system so it's kind of like marketer speak but look business buiness owners are smart you know business owners are in business

it's not like you're selling to somebody that's never heard of this before like you're selling to someone that understands this Stuff your goal is just to figure out what they need you know it's not to try and introduce a by unique system mechanism in my opinion also it requires zero work for you the same framework helped one of our clients who is a coach uh who is a coach was able to get okay so grammar is off which immediately makes me not trust this okay so who is a coach was able to get does not

make sense in English 30,000 Topline Revenue by just spending 2,500 on Z's land he Means Facebook ads okay okay so now we know how it's true Facebook meta Instagram advertising fair enough he's mentioned the coach which is cool you know adding in a results is fantastic so this guy right where he's got a guarantee of 35% increase where you don't pay actually makes more sense because he has a result you see now I'm going to take him more seriously right even though I was not a fan of his Outreach I'm going to take him more

Seriously because he's actually done this okay so fantastic now I'm going to believe him on a base level and maybe I'll have conversation and see you know cool does this work in terms of how he pitched me I would never respond to a message like this and most business owners wouldn't so again I'll cover more in this training of how you do Outreach effectively but now you know what a no-brainer offer is and hopefully you're getting the vibe as to why you don't Actually need one of these okay so a big reason why people want

to have a no-brainer offer is one they don't feel that confident and they feel like it kind of takes the pressure off their ability to sell H but two is knowing what you're actually selling so look my advice to you is to actually start your Outreach we're going to talk about Outreach very soon Outreach is the process of reaching out to businesses I want you to start that before you Finalize your packages you see like your goal with building a package or an offer it's to find a starting point it's not to have the best

offer a no-brainer or the best pricing in the world it's just a start like some of our students waited until they had the perfect packages and that doesn't exist like they they never find the perfect package so they waste months you know I was still figuring out my packages 8 months into my journey when I signed my first client for 1,200 A month I didn't go into that call with that Prospect with like the package ready no like we literally had the call asked them questions figured out exactly what they needed and then I built

the package after the call so you don't need it and if you're going to rely on this as a beginner it's not the right place to rely on okay okay now if you are going to build a package fantastic you can all right if you'd like to if it gives you confidence go for it don't Build out 10 different packages 1 to three maximum all right the last thing I want is you to be pitching a client and they have to choose from 10 different packages it's way too much so custom packages that's essentially what

I used it's not having a package and then when you have a prospect working through them right on the call like okay for example got you guys so you're interest Ed in social media management fantastic you know how many posts a day are you Looking to do right now they tell you oh one a day fantastic got you and are you looking to post on your stories as well oh yeah we want to post you know one twice maybe three times a day in the stories nice cool yeah yeah and you know in terms of

the management of your page like do you get a lot of DMS right now like do you guys get a lot of comments DMS a lot of things you got to reply to oh yeah we get you know a few a day just a few fantastic all right now me as the As the guy who's selling to them I know what they need right and I can start to calculate with a custom package exactly what they need how much I need to charge for that and we're good to go so if I was starting from

zero I'd start with custom packages and then I'd build out packages after I've signed a few clients because you might think your package sounds great but you don't know you only know it's great when someone actually agrees to pay it serve don't sell your First few sales calls all right is not about selling and you see a lot of people when they're like oh I need a package to be able to sell it's the wrong mindset because you're now just trying to sell when you go with the mindset I'm trying to serve this person I

like I want to genuinely figure out how many posts do they need I want to figure out like do they need me to do Instagram stories for them when you approach it with that mindset you'll Come across way more genuine but number two is you'll actually be able to sell better all right like you're genuinely interested in them you're trying to figure out the best package for them okay so think how can I help the person not like how can I just sell them the best package and make the most money now avoiding shy object

syndrome all right I've got a touch on this new offers okay I've I've seen this with too many of my students way way too often where they Are chasing a new offer AI automation ipga some term they've seen on a YouTube video right of like a new offer a new way of doing it and look I'll be the first to say that sometimes these offers work do they work very long no normally very short term right like you might tap into an offer and it works but it might because it's just this kind of like

this thing you know like that everybody's hyping up it might work for 3 months 4 months 5 months but is it Going to actually build you a long-term business probably not now at the same time I'm not against adding these in right like you know when when the market is in a certain position you got to take advantage of the market and you got to hop in but at the same time don't risk everything you've built to chase a new offer so we won't even go into too much detail on this but I just want

you to avoid this okay it's shiny object syndrome it's you thinking that oh you Know the reason I'm not getting clients is that my offer isn't good enough look I know people that can sell the worst offers at Crazy Prices because they're good all right so your goal with this is to become good and you will become good by doing this doing Outreach taking sales calls practicing the craft and trust me you are not going to have to rely on some crazy no-brainer offer and the beauty is that when you do land clients you get

them good results you Can then build a no-brainer offer and it's going to be fuel to your fire but just don't rely on it when you're getting started all right so now we're going to talk about pricing how much you should charge so that you know if you do have a call how much you're going to be able to sell your service for and how much money you're going to be able to make all right so we've already looked at the fact that you don't need to have packages there's two routs okay so route One

is custom packages this is most suited to getting your first one to three clients uh pre-built packages most suited when you've had a couple of clients and then you're going to scale up using pre-built packages all right between let's say going from three clients up to like 10 clients or so if you take a look at my agency right this was January let me think 2020 so we got our first client in November 2019 so literally like 45 days after we got our First client we did over 10K a month right and you can see

it's it's actually in Euro right so if we're looking at dollars we're talking like maybe 13 14,000 per month the reason I want to show you this is look how messy this is like look how crazy it is right one client is paying 2,538 and 1 cent one client down here client 10 is paying 656 and client 7 is paying 128 I had no idea what I was doing right this is custom packaging at Its finest like we even had client 2 now look 4.4k it wasn't like 4K 4.4k monthly a chunk of that was

for a onetime project it was for like an ebook buildout that we were doing very different than what we would normally do but again we're just figuring things out like look at that I want to show you this so that you know that nobody really who starts in this business knows exactly what they're doing from day one I had no idea I did custom packages I Figured it out as I went clients paid me different amounts I undercharged I overcharged you know I was just learning as I go and I want you to do this

I don't want you to have it perfect I don't want you to sign every client on pre-built packages from day one there's a beauty in the chaos and you'll learn as you go and this goes for other people as well online you know most of us are figuring this stuff out as we go all right so now advantages of custom Packages I'll I'll fly through this we've touched on this a bit already but look when you're started when get started you don't really know what your prospect is going to want to buy so instead of

trying to build out a package you think they want you can just build out the package they actually want all right um the way in which you can do this all right I would always do it as like most of our clients pay us this amount for this service or we recommend This price point for this amount of content and this amount of social media management all right cuz when you use terms like that it actually gives you a level of it's kind of yeah it's it's a psychology trick okay they're going to hear that

and be like ah okay you like we recommend even if you've never worked with a client before you saying we recommend puts you in a position of authority of oh these guys know what they're doing all right so prebuild Packages again makes way more sense when you got multiple clients you know exactly what you're going to sell easier to deliver at scale you know it's a proven package to solve a particular pain point for your clients easy you know nice but again in my agency we only introduce that after months you know after months of

trial and error we introduce that price and package Synergy okay this is something that you really need and if you are going to craft a Package please listen to this so you craft a package it sounds great it's $4,000 a month cuz you've added everything under the sun you know everything they could ever need and you think it's unreal but the problem is your clients can only afford 500 a month uh oh that's a shame right cuz you've got the perfect package and now nobody can afford your package or the type of businesses that can

afford your package are just not the type of businesses that You're getting in in touch with you're not getting in contact with you've got a massive problem well what if you designed your packages with the price that your target marketer Niche actually could afford this is price and package Synergy this is why custom packages works because without directly asking them on a call hey how much do you want to pay you can ask questions to figure out how much they could afford ask them questions is about how many products They sell a month how much

you know what's their profit margin on the product they sell do they sell anything else apart from the products what's the average customer value if they get a new customer right let's say they sell watches they get a new customer they buy a watch for €200 well does the customer buy more watches oh actually maybe the lifetime value of a customer is500 all right you can start to piece together how much they could afford based on that All right but if you don't ask those questions then you won't know so you want to figure out

what you want to make so if your goal is 5K 10K a month cool we need to look at it on a per client basis how much do you want to make per client okay so let's say you want to make $500 per client that you work with okay if you're going with the freelance oneperson business route you're not going to hire anybody so all you've really got to think about is I want to Make 500 a month how many hours roughly is it going to take for me to do the work and then figure

out your hourly rate pretty basic but it works to give you a good idea if you're going to go down agency business route you're going to hire people you need to think about okay well what's a realistic amount I can pay people okay so if you're working with a graphic designer it would be realistic to find a graphic designer between $5 to $10 per hour however if You were trying to hire a copyrighter for $5 to $10 per hour yeah much harder they typically charge a lot more money so you need to understand these things

to figure out how much you can actually charge all right um and and really our goal here is to make sure that whatever you're desired profit is that you can get to that when you're signing your first few clients right I always tell people that it's not about getting rich it's about making some money so that you Can then learn the process prove yourself and then make more money in the future at the same time I want you to make some profit because if you sign a client for 500 and then you you know find

a freelancer and pay them 400 it's not enough profit to motivate you you know 100 a month to do work it's not enough so so what will happen is you'll probably just get demotivated think ah this isn't for me and you'll move on I want you to make sure that you're going To make enough profit on this which is why again the freelance one person business route is really common with beginners so that you can charge low to get you know those easy wins but then you can actually keep all the profit for yourself so

for example right if we're looking at pricing we look at content creation my agency has charged anywhere from $20 per piece of content when we first started up to $50 per piece of content after we had years of experience And we always likes to price our service based on per piece it just gave us so much Clarity all right cuz then I would know my exact cost for that the exact meent I'll charge and my exact profit super easy clean I don't have to worry ever like I know if a client is picking my small

package or biggest package it doesn't matter cuz I've worked out the profit margin already just to give you some examples so if we were creating 10 pieces of content for social media that Would be anywhere from $200 to $500 per month we would then discounts for anything above 10 pieces so for example if we were charging $30 per piece that would be 30 for the first 10 and then for let's say anything after 10 we might drop it to 25 uh just giving bulk discounts all right so for example you know 20 pieces of content

we might drop that down quite a bit just to you know make it easier to get the bigger clients in so what's the value proposition with Content creation it can be anything but these are the the the main ones right convenience is number one for most businesses they don't want to create content they don't have the time you solve that problem number two is actually understanding that content makes you money all right my personal brand it's all from posting content traffic comes from that content and those people turn into customers eventually and number three you

know Save a ton of time editing you could have a business where they're happy to take photos they're happy to record videos but they hate editing I know this sounds basic this is really really common so many businesses will do that like they'll run a restaurant they'll take photos of their food they'll take videos they just don't want to edit they just hate the process so this again for Content creation is a massive value proposition and number four is they Don't actually mind doing it but they're just not getting results so then you're editing their

content you're doing it in a way where you're going to retain Their audience you're going to hook people in they're going to watch longer and then that's going to make them more money for example let's take a look now at social media management content creation this is a very typical package that we would have sold this is pretty much what we sold to our first client $1,200 a month 30 pieces of content we created the content wrote captions created the hashtags posted to the client's Instagram page and then did daily Instagram stories three to five

stories per day on top of that you know and and this was me undercharging I didn't know that I should have charge more but we live and we learn we would have optimized our page changed the bio changed the profile photo changed the story highlights content strategy Content calendar reply to all messages DMS comments everything within 24 hours so that's a lot right that's a big old package but trust me for most businesses it's it's actually not that much work because they probably have a small following our first clients was a big page they had

880,000 followers already so there was a lot of DMS a lot of messages a lot of comments to respond to you're working with a business that has 2,000 followers hey you might only have Two messages a day maybe even one so it's not going to be that much work for you but when a business sees this as you know when I'm reading this out I'm like wow that's a lot like that's a lot of time you're going to save a lot of Hassle and you guys are going to handle the whole thing another example I

let you screenshot this I won't walk you through it it just say cheaper package for a very similar service and here's an example from one of our students 450 a Month 10 pieces of content uh that's again writing captions hashtags posting it as well and then responding to all comments Etc content calendar page optimization now a very common way to do social media management content creation pricing and packaging is kind of we looked at this already but calculating via an hourly rate so if you think it's going to take you 30 minutes a day to

manage a social media page well you just figure out how much do you want to get Paid per hour times that by 0.5 and we can figure out the Maths for example you want to charge $20 an hour okay so $20 an hour 30 minutes a day that's $10 a day 30 days in a month $300 a month pretty simple stuff but again you know a lot of you that are starting off in this journey you need this you need to just see it in front of you step by step exactly what you should be

doing now when we look at social media management and content creation it is primarily a Convenience offer but there's also a lot of results you can drive for a business and there's a lot of ego that comes into this as well so like the value proposition is we handle social media for you right like like that sentence has made so much money for people because it social media is a thing that a lot of businesses just don't want to do but they know they have to do so you coming in and handling that for them

is is enough All right um there's an assumed or why all right so for example if I'm speaking to a business and they understand true the conversation we're having that I will be able to create content that has a potential to go viral has a potential to reach new people in their in their demographic in their Market that could then turn into customers there's an assumed return on investment right of okay we're going to pay for this thing so he's going to handle it it's going to Make our page look good but it's also going

to make us money maybe not right away right in might take some time to kick in might take some time for people to convert into customers after seeing us but it will eventually turn into to an aura way and and that's the way in which we sell content so if you're stuck anyway confused and you don't know what to charge I'm going to make it really really easy for you you're going to start today you're going to have your Idea of pricing locked in today you're not going to let it take up any more time

and you're just going to copy right just going to copy exactly what I'm going to give you here so screenshot these I'm not going to walk through each one these are just sample packages that you can sell that I've either sold myself or students that have worked with have sold all right so number one number two three 4 5 6 all right the moment you've Most likely been waiting for client acquisition this is how you find clients that will actually pay you money so look before we start where do you start to know where you

start you need to look at a few things number one do you have a niche if so where did they spend time if you don't have a niche this is going to to change because there's going to be certain places you're going to use that will make it easier to find businesses not in specific niches number two what Do you sell if you sell Instagram Services it probably makes sense to use Instagram right to find businesses to find leads if you're selling LinkedIn Services it might make sense to use LinkedIn this is not a hard

and set Rule and there are cases in which you will sell a certain service and not use that platform but I want you to start thinking in this this kind of logical way uh your goal here is to just find a starting points we're not trying to find The best platform the best message the secret strategy no we're going to find a place where you can start we're going to get started number four understand that Outreach is the process of reaching out to businesses and this changes based on where you do it okay so you're

going to change what you say how you say it text voice video and how many you can send per day depending on the platform all platforms have different rules and different cadences of what makes sense All right so Outreach is it's how you get customers all right it is you finding business owners online and the ones that you think you can help and then reaching out to them simple as that you know since we sell to other businesses it doesn't make sense for us to you know put up tons of social media posts or you

know get a billboard and do an advertisement because most people who see that aren't business owners all right people do this and this can work But reaching out directly to the business owners is the most common way in which you will get clients so reaching out is the most effective way now look note at the bottom some people would rather not do Outreach and instead they would rather build a personal Brands they'd rather post content online and attract funnel or attract clients with their own like inbound funnel is what we call it it works but

is it going to get you clients fast normally not It's more of a long-term play something that normally pays off over 3 6 n months so I personally if I was starting tomorrow would start a personal brand right posting about how I could help businesses with social media but I wouldn't be expecting that it would get me clients for months so I would then do our reach and message businesses directly as well all right so some important questions you might have is how do you deliver results for your Clients how do you onboard them what

do you save your clients to make them sign up look we cover all of this stuff but it's really important that you understand that you need to understand information on adjust in time basis so some examples of Outreach would be sending a DM to a business owner on Instagram sending sending an email to a business owner cold calling a business owner looking through online marketplaces to find people that need Your service sending messages on LinkedIn and there's many many more so there's different types of Outreach and we're going to look at just kind of these

three main approaches you've got a direct approach lead magnet approach and Outreach approach and the process is this we do Outreach to get a business on a call and on the call that's when we try and you know show them what we do and explain how they could become a client and work with us so you want to Decide these things first before you decide anything where do the businesses that you want to work with hang out is it Instagram is it LinkedIn where is it what kind of message could I craft to them what

could get their attention what what would turn them off what would make them think I'm a scam think of these things logically go through it yourself what could you offer are you just going to offer them a free call are you going to offer an audit for their business are You going to offer them a free pdf that you've put together or a free case study think through these things and are you going to take a quality or quantity approach we'll talk more on this but there's two rots quantity is volume sending kind of the

same messages to as many as you can quality is finding a handful of businesses to reach out to on a daily basis but putting in a ton of effort on each one so the approaches direct approach I Would be very careful with this uh we've already looked at this in the examples of two of the DMS that um I was pitched with no-brainer offers these were a direct approach where someone just literally straight up says hey this is what I do do you want to hear about it uh be careful because when people know they're

being sold to the walls go up right like if I don't trust you we've never had a conversation before and then you try and sell me even if what you're Selling is good and I like the sound of it I'm probably not going to engage because I don't trust you this is really good for people that are good at sales okay so if you have a sales background and you understand sales this could work very good um it can also work you know very good if you are going to do personal like what we call

personal messaging before the direct approach for example you're not just going to pitch them in the first message but you'll Have a genuine conversation back and forth for maybe multiple days before you then pitch okay so basically the the flow here is that you are trying to sell what you do in the conversation which is not the approach that I personally take in my agency the lead magnet approach was the most common approach for us this is where we would give something away to a business for free in order to demonstrate value build trust and

for Them to think yep these are the guys they seem like they know what they're doing so for us this meant that our conversations were way shorter cuz I didn't have to build up as much much trust cuz I'm not selling anything I'm giving them a thing for free and the way I did this was with a case study so very short and sweet conversation one message to get their attention and then once they replied second message would pitch the case study very simple worked really Effectively and this would allow us to push a lot

of volume and we could hit up hundreds of businesses a day the student approach I won't go into too much detail it's essentially just disguising yourself as hey look I like your business I'm a student I want to learn about it can you tell me more about it all right there's a saying no one says no to a student who wants to learn and this can work but it's a little tricky because you have to then transition from Hey I'm a student and I'm just going to understand your business and you're going to you know

help me with a project to trying to sell them a marketing service it worked but it can be tricky so the Outreach mindset whichever route you take is this okay Outreach is the most important activity it's the way in which you get clients it's an Orga Revenue generating activity and volume negates luck with Outreach most people that struggle with Outreach don't do Enough of it they send messages 50 a day for 2 weeks and they say oh man I haven't signed a client this thing isn't working yeah come back to me when you've done more

volume right you've got to do volume okay now obviously there comes a point where hey if you've been doing this for 2 months and you haven't gotten results all right we need to change something right something is is going wrong here but volume negates L because when you do more volume you get better At the thing when you run more you get better at running right even if you don't know how to run all right let's say you've never ran a 5K in your life I guarantee you if you run one 5k Every week for

the next 10 weeks yeah you'll be better at running 5Ks even though you didn't know how to start it's the same with this if you start Outreach today you don't know what to send you don't really know how to do it but you start and you do it every day for the next 10 Weeks yeah you're going to improve you're going to change you're going to iterate you're going to Pivot what you're doing till till it works right like that is just how how we work as humans it's the way we develop so you need

to do volume you need to push push that volume okay you got to take some of experimenting uh don't be afraid to try an outof thee box approach something that we don't even recommend because at the end of the day there's no one way to Do this right like your goal here is just how do I get the attention of a business owner that's busy as and position what I do as something they need so think on that and it's the most challenging part of this business it's the bit that holds so many back and

it's why in the mentoring we do this is where we spend 90% of our time 90% 90% of the coaching and mentoring we do on a weekly basis is tweaking Outreach scripts building out Outreach processes helping Students directly with this stuff because when we can crack this oh boy boy is it fun we crack this and you have a system that is getting you clients it's a very easy business to run so it's why we spend like all of our time figuring out this thing that's why a lot of people struggle with this so when

you're starting with this you just want to get started all right like the 5K example you're not expecting to go out and run a amazing 5K you just get Started man one foot in front of the other let's get it going understand it's a process it's not a script all right yes you can use a script for outreach but the people who really do this well understand it's a process you can build a script later when you've proven you can do this but it's a process it's a process not just of oh this one secret

message will get me a client no no no no no the process of I need to understand how to get their attention deliver some Value to them and get them to trust me so that they'll have a call at me and then I can sell what I do that's the process of this if you it as numbers not people don't do this in your real life all right if you view people as numbers in your real life you're going to have a yeah yeah some tricky relationships but if you view every business owner that you

reach out to as an individual as a person you'll get too attached so when one of them is like oh yeah this sounds Interesting you'll be like oh my god I've just signed a client no you haven't they've just said they're interested they might not be interested tomorrow you view this as numbers you get completely detached the fact that they're people and this helps right is one of the biggest mindset shifts that I made that helped me Crack Outreach was viewing it as numbers and just understand this all right I'm going to level with you

0o to one is the hardest Part of the journey getting your first client is the hardest part running your first 5k is the hardest part everything after that is so much easier so please stick with it commit to this commit to yourself commit yourself to this and just keep at it now rejection is good in this game if you've been rejected in your personal life dating UT scenarios whatever don't bring that into this because this is a game of rejection if I reach to 100 businesses many of them Will reject me some might curse at

me you know some might tell me to shove shove something somewhere right like is a game of rejection this is what it is and the beauty of this is that when you do this and you push through this and you do the volume you negate the look with volume you have thick skin all right so like comments won't get at you as much if you have rejection in your personal life it won't get at you as much this is a skill that you can use Not only in this business all right if you message 50

businesses a day for 2 weeks and you sign no clients but then you sign one client for 1,200 a month for a 3mon minimum let's say and you signed that client in month three would you give up after the two weeks no I don't think you would because it's all worth it when you get one yes most people just quit before they get the one yes now this is your thought process how can you make your free offer so good That someone can't say no to it and makes makes the time for it if you're

going to offer you might remember the Leen approach right or the lead magnet approach where you offer a case study or something for free giving something away for free isn't like isn't going to solve the problem it has to be good right like if I give if I give this watch away for free it's only going to be valuable to someone if they like the watch I could give this away for free to my brother Who doesn't really like watches and it would just be like oh okay hey cool yeah watch nice right but I

give these to a watch Enthusiast and they'll be over the moon so if you're going to build a case study or host a free call or give a free audit to a business of their social media make it damn good put in the effort make it damn good all right so should you do quality or quantity depends on the platform this is the main factor right if you're uh working on Let's say Instagram there's a lot of limits on Instagram where you might be able to send 50 messages a day all right we'll talk more

about how you can get past these limits later on right if you're working on LinkedIn same thing there's lots of limits so whatever platform you're using will dictate this platform with less limits you're going to focus more on quantity platforms with limits you're going to focus more on quality meaning that you put more time Into each message at upwork for example right you're not going to go on upwork and you know apply to 20 proposals a day or 20 job posts a day you could but it's probably not going to work because what works on

upwork is putting in the time and attention to make a really detailed proposal maybe spending 20 30 minutes on each proposal versus on in stagram no we're not like it's a different platform it's completely different Dynamic we need to be fast Snappy get as many done As we can on a daily basis all right so warm platforms upwork falls into this category this is more direct this is less conversational this is less volume this is more quality with these platforms these are platforms where business owners are essentially posting jobs saying hey I'm looking for a

social media manager your job then is to apply to that like a job but it's not a job right like you're doing it as a freelancer or as an agency owner your Job is to reply to that and convince them why they should pick you over the other people same with Fiverr bark and other platforms like this so the way you do this right if you were to take this approach that works for you on upwork and plug that into Instagram I can guarantee it wouldn't work because on Instagram you're finding businesses that are not

posting jobs saying Hey I want to hire a social media manager you're just finding businesses you think you Could help and your job is to convince them of why they need your help all right so just to give you some examples of up workk these are just some posts that we've seen in the last week There's so many businesses use opor to hire social media managers content creators agencies all the time like they spend a lot of money you can see this business has spent over $100,000 they're based in Singapore this United States $7,000 like

all the time there's new jobs like this Going up 5K from Australia and this is why for a lot of beginners upwork is an a fantastic platform absolutely fantastic in the past I used to think it it wouldn't make much sense cuz I didn't use it myself but again humbling myself and learning from our Student Success manager who has really pioneered in this area and has taught it to our students so well we've seen how powerful this is for myself when it came to outreach the the biggest way I grew was getting out Of my

comfort zone my first clients this is how I got my first clients quite a funny story I flew to an event in London called vegfest in 2019 my goal was to network and I was like hey maybe I'll land the client from this but I want to go to the event anyway and I'll Network okay we ended up meeting a business group there that we ended up signing the same month for $1,000 $200 a month now I did have a little connection with these guys before right I think maybe like two Or 3 months previously

I created a few graphics for them really small amount of money like $100 $200 and our you know our relationship just died as in I created the graphics they got the graphics and that was it but I didn't know them well never had a call with them nothing so then when I met them at this event that allowed me to respark that connection and yeah that's where we then you know had a chat with them at the event didn't pitch them at the event But then afterwards linked with the and messaged them we booked in

a call had a meeting and that's when we sold them this offer now what I did then was I went above and beyond for this first client like above and beyond I treated it like they were paying me a million dollars it's like wow they're paying me money I'm going to absolutely wear them like I'm going to do as much as I can to make them impressed and it worked because it was a three-way partnership Okay this is this just it's such a wild story right cuz it's like meeting them at an event is one

thing but then the fact that it was a three-way partnership and how this happened is just wild so essentially one of the business partners in that there was a woman who's in a woman with two other guys and the woman had two other businesses she had her own Fitness business like coaching and then she had a CBD company that she was just starting and because we did so well with The business she was a part of we had a call then for her CBD business which she ran with another guy and that guy loved what

we did and we got them as a client the same package $1,200 a month probably within a week to two weeks after the first client signed and then she got us onto her personal page for the the fitness coaching as well so we ended up getting three clients from one that only happened cuz we went above and beyond we wed them we just put in so much work and We gave them a good offer now after this point voice message Outreach on Instagram is what I did to get my first 10 clients so the seven

other clients we would have signed right excluding the three in one client most of these came from voice messaging on Instagram and I did this because you know I had watched some content on YouTube and I had seen that hey look not many people are doing this voice message thing I'd imagine most people are not confident enough to Do it I wasn't really but but I just faked it you know I just forced myself to do it and it allowed me to learn how to be more confident on voice it meant that when they would

then have a call with me they've already heard my voice and there's already a bit of trust built up worked out really really well for me but this only happened cuz I got out of my comfort zone now going back to the other type of average we've got cold okay so cold is what I did all right Voice messaging on Instagram this is Less Direct it's more conversational it's higher volume you know I was pushing as many DMS as I could a day across multiple Pages we're probably looking at at least 100 a day minimum

mainly on Instagram and that was my my Approach now this can be done on you know Facebook LinkedIn emails calls texts tons of platforms again it's going to vary based on where your ideal client is at so keep that in mind and just know That each platform has a different limit all right so the amount that you're going to send on Instagram versus email versus LinkedIn is all very different if you're going with LinkedIn you might be doing 50 a week if you're going with email you might be doing doing uh you know you could

be doing like 200 a day if you're doing Instagram you might be doing 50 a day like all of them have nuances they're not a set number but you'll have to test that out for Yourself and again I'm going to walk you through in a slightly different training on Instagram how we were sending 500 DMS a day 500 DMS a day even though the limit is around 50 so keep watching so I can show you that understand this again process not a script and to really understand that this is a process not a script I'm

going to show you a framework it's the Ada of framework attention interest desire and action so action is when someone says wow I need what you Have I'm going to get the thing that you have when we are looking at Cold platforms so Instagram email LinkedIn they are not at action no they're all the way up at attention we need to get their attention all right now then when you reach out to certain businesses certain businesses will be further down this equation so for example I reach out to a CBD company and this CBD company

has just so happened to watch a bunch of content in the previous week or they Went to an event where some guy was talking about social media and how important it is and that they need to be on social media so when I reach out to them they might actually already be interested right like they might already be further down this but my job is to assume that they're all the way at the top they're at attention they need to know what is social media I need to bring social media into their attention then I

need to get them interested then Get them to desire it and then them to think I'm going to actually get this thing so some rules I'm going to walk you through for outreach messaging and I really hope that I can give you enough here to give you a starting point so that you can start outre yourself warm and cold very different again going back to the Ada equation with warm people are all the way down at the bottom saying I want this with calls they're all the way up at the top so what you say

in an Email is different than what you say in a text and Instagram so keep that in mind and you know don't overuse emojis or question marks or things like that it's yeah just a general rule of thumb don't do that it looks very unprofessional okay number one be personal I'm going to just show you a couple of messages here all right so these are examples from people I've worked with so do you create all these posts from scratch this was sent on Instagram and the person says I use canva for most of my content

and then they repli saying wow and then they put in the business name it definitely is not an easy thing to do now this approach is like not wrong but personally it's not personal enough so I would never put in a business's name address them as their name it just doesn't make sense it's like saying instead of saying hey Adam it's like saying hey sixf figure accelerator like I would just be like whoo that's a robot right like you're not you're not a real person definitely so don't do this definitely not also you can just

see in the language right they responded I use canva for most of my content very casual like right like very informal conversation but then this response just looks scripted Wow exclamation point business name full stop it definitely is not an easy thing to do St that just sounds scripted right so be personal for Example if we look at the one on the right hey I just saw your fantastic product I think that can be better right like explain what the product is cuz this could be just copy and pasted to any type of business but

then they say a lot of athletes like me miss seeing this hey it's more personal right like it just seems more casual more conversational so for a cold platform that's most likely going to work better and to get your responses create Connection don't confront people right like avoid confrontation this is a message someone sent hey just came across your page and love the content how come you don't post more at the grammar as well make sure your grammar is correct all right but how come you don't post more it's confrontational when if you meet me

for the first time we've never met each other and you say hey Adam why don't you do that thing I'm going to be like whoa hold on a second Right hell how about hey how are you nice to meet you right it's just too much it's too it's too confrontational so I'm not going to buy from you right I'm probably not going to be your friend Okay so so this this applies for outreach as well at the end of the day we're selling to people as much as we need to view this process as numbers

we we're selling to people okay send something that's going to get their attention right you need to spark Curiosity or just engage them in a genuine conversation and like my goal here is not to give you the word for word what you say because as we've already looked at the people who do this do this really well understand it's a process it's not about sending one specific message like one script that magically signs you a client that's that's just not how this works don't bait and switch all right don't ask business what their hours are

like their Opening hours and then ask them if you can send a case study right after it's just a cliche of you you dangle debate in front of them to say here's a question I know you're going to respond to and as soon as you respond I'm going to pitch the hell out of you it just doesn't work now look I'm sure people have done this and have made it work I'll put my hands up and say hey that's probably a possibility but when I get these DMs I don't like it and if I've Ever

sent these DMS I've noticed they don't really work now make sure that you're messages are easy to read and easy to respond to so don't send big blocky paragraphs like people are not going to be reading a big paragraph when they don't know you so if you look at this right this person said quick question do you make all your content yourself and they said yes sir nothing wrong with that then look at this it's this big massive message I've already Like I've already stopped reading because I'm I'm seeing so much that I'm like Jesus

like this person is clearly going to sell me something right it's this big massive block of text I don't like it you know not not a fan I don't like it personally and I know again when I have sent this it doesn't work it never works and the business isn't going to just turn around and be like yeah amazing like let's work together in a very rare situation it Might but understand how conversations go right you wouldn't for example if you're dating right you're not going to hop on Tinder or Bumble and ask a question

then they answer and then just B bum B Bar them with like four or five paragraphs that that would be way too much too soon sales is the same temperature checks are really really important with Outreach if you've had conversations with 500 people you need to know their temperature like are they Hot are they lukewarm are they stone cold because how you follow up with them how you try and proceed the conversation and keep things going will depend on this again I'm going to come back to the dating analogy cuz it's a it's an easier

way to understand this for most of you right myself and included it's like if if I'm going to message someone right let's say message a girl get a response like I need to understand based on her response is she is that like is that hot Is that warm is she interested is it stone cold is it somewhere in the middle because how I didn't respond to that is going to change right I'm not going to say in the same response based on where the person is at it's the same thing with sales right so so

think true this because if for example they're hot and they're like really engaged you can advance the conversation to take action book the free call give them more information fantastic if they're Lukewarm you know kind of like a eh you know like kind of getting interested well now you're thinking okay well how can I get them from a kind of interested to yes this is what I need that's what you need to be thinking and if they're stone cold right like you're thinking wow okay how how did I not get them at least lukewarm am

I just being too spammy am I being too salesy or am I just not providing enough value this is the thought process you need to go Through as you look at your average so let's get into some more of the tacticals you want to ask specific questions all right let's just give you these two examples hey Dave how are you doing just found your page on #fitness do you get clients through social media are you planning on posting more reals I love it I love it the only problem I have with this is that it's

more than one question right it's three questions all in one if you're going to ask a Question ask one so second example hey Tyler do you have a social media strategy in place not the question I would personally ask myself right cuz it's it's kind of salesy it's you know that the the person Tyler is going to understand you're going to probably sell them a social media strategy cuz you've asked about it but it's one question it's easy for me to respond to so I like that you know get them to take action right this

can only be done if they're Engaged you know if they just replied yes to your question they're not really engaged Sor they you know if they're warm yes you can go ahead and you can push them to take action but not if they're just giving you one word answers begin with the end in mind my friend very very important if you for example are sending the McKay study about content creation you want to make sure that your first question is about content right ask about the thing give Them a thing about the thing I know

this sounds kind of basic but I see this this has missed a lot where someone asks hey what are your business opening hours they respond and then they say hey can I send you a case study about Facebook ads it's like yeah maybe they might say yes but why did we ask about the opening errors there's no link you have to link this is the the best way I can describe it your first your question has to link to the thing that you sell okay so if You're selling content creation or social media management ask

something about their content about their social media or about their business related to social media or content okay that's what you're going to do let's let's keep moving so when you're creating your script and I say script and inverted commas cuz we don't want a script we want a rough process but for the sake of Simplicity you need to have an idea of what you're going to start with and what You're going to end with so the middle of your convers ation could be one message could be 10 this is just your ability to communicate

and I'm not going to have you script out messages for each part of this this is something you'll just learn as you go again with the dating analogy you might have your go-to message that you send on Tinder or Bumble for your first message but I hope you don't have a full script right I hope you don't have a message to send at Each part cuz that would just be a bit a bit weird first and would it work probably not cuz you would be trying to say the same thing to everybody okay so just

some examples that you can play with is sending your own sending the business their own content this works really good on Instagram you can hit the little paper airplane button the share button and you can send them a piece of their content and then ask them a question about it works real nicely uh You can do a recommendation so this is more direct but it does work something like hey gang or hey whatever their name is digital marketer here so you guys don't have any story posts up I've seen a lot of your competitors use

these and they seem to be working well simple straight to the point giving a recommendation giving a bit of value getting the conversation started right you could ask a question or a query about the content they're posting or not Posting hey team love the most recent post about XYZ are you planning to post more reals like that or you could ask about their products or business in general okay so just some examples for you hey Tyler do you have a social media strategy in place that's very specific which is good another one is hey there

that's a great re you posted in may have you thought about posting something like that as an ad that's an example of somebody beginning with the end in mind This person I can guarantee you is selling Facebook ads and if done that in a really smart way where they've asked about ads in The Message personal I won't read it out for you I'll let you read that one yourself take a screenshot and then attention and curiosity this is a great example of someone showing genuine like I actually like what you're doing and I'm really curious

in it as well okay so remember this okay screenshot this please put it on your Forehead don't forget it here's an example of the end of a script where someone is pitching their free call and again I'll let you take a screenshot of that there this is an example of the end of a script with the end in mind for example I've ask them a question let's say about content and then I say hey is there an email I can send a case study to I'd love to show you how uh John right my fitness

coach client using this type of content gained this result all Right so linking the two beginning with the end in mind show you how I've been able to send 500 DMS a day for my SM on autopilot literally without sending any DMS myself look the reason I think it's imperative you know this information is because the number one reason why people don't see results with their smma is not because of their offer it's not because of their lack of results or lack of experience it's because of their lack of volume of Outreach look if you're

Sending 50 messages a day and I'm sending 500 even if I have a worse script a worse offer and less experience less case studies less results I will still win Outreach still works because if students of mine can book seven calls in a day like Christopher as you can see here using an appointment CER I placed in his business where he didn't send any DMS himself or Megan who just brought in this client for over ,000 again from an appointment that we plac in our business If they can do that that's your proof outage still

works so I'm going to switch over to the remarkable here in a second I'm going to walk you through step by- step exactly how you can send 500 DMS a day and how when I was sending 500 DMS a day we were signing anywhere from 5 to eight clients every single day all right so am I remarkable it's not working we're going to do this on a Google doc all right your goal is to send 500 DMS a day we're going to look At Instagram for this example why Instagram it's probably the best platform for

cold Outreach now you can't send 500 DMS a day on one instagram account you're going to need roughly 10 accounts to do this the reason why is this if you send 500 DMS on an Instagram account you'll probably get banned from doing this for years the upper limit we've seen on accounts is around 40 to 50 DMS a day now this is assuming you're doing cold DMS which means you're Messaging somebody that doesn't follow you you've never had a conversation with before it's different if you're messaging people to follow you but we're not going to

look at that all right so we're going to do 50 DMS per day per account so now you're thinking you only have one instagram account how are you going to get 10 well you have a few options okay so option one is create backup accounts like literally you're going to create whatever your username Is create a second account Adam Walsh 2 you're going to post some photos follow a few hundred people over the course of 3 4 5 days and within a week that account should be ready to go you can have as many of

these as you want there's people in my program that have five of these number two is to buy an Instagram account now I'm not recommending this just saying this is an option now you could buy a theme page this is quite common for example for me I ran an agency working with health and fitness coaches and supplement companies so we had quite a few theme pages that were in guess what the health and fitness space so if you know what industry you're going to work with and you know your Niche then buying a theme page

might make sense but if you're just starting and you don't really know what Niche you're going to be in if you're going to buy a theme page you want to do a swap all right so buy it and then Switch it to your personal profile after that AKA just like change the name change username remove the content post new content good to go those are really your main two routes you can do that yourself or if you're working with an appointment setter or a VA you could have them do it all right you could have

them set up the accounts it's up to you now if you're not yet convinced this is going to work let's just run through an example so let's look at first example One which is you're sending 50 DMS a day we're now going to look at those numbers over one week 50 a day time 7 350 a week now we need to calculate your average response rate it's going to depend on how your account looks if people think your account looks legit if people think you're selling something if people think you're genuinely asking a question in

the DMS we're just going to go with a safe number 20% I have students with 20% response rates absolutely crushing it Getting tons of clients every month and I have students that have like 40 50% response rates I don't want you to get too focused on this right now we're not looking at how to have the best script in the world we're looking at how to get volume cuz as I mentioned even with a pretty shitty script if you have volume you're set out of 350 we got 70 responses now then your ability to take

somebody who responded into a booked call again is going to fluctuate but We're just going to go with 20% now this is not a 20% booking rate off of every message you send this is a 20% booking rate off of the people that have already responded so out of the 70 people 20% of that is 14 now that's a lot and you can see immed mediately if you were to send 50 DMS today for the next week I would probably guarantee you're not going to book 14 meetings what this tells us is these numbers are

high so let's just assume you got 30% of these results all Right okay so you booked four calls in one week pretty decent then out of the four people that booked the call your show rate is probably going to be anywhere from 50 to 70% for a lot of people it's as low as 50% all right so two people showed up to your calls that means you have two opportunities to sell now I'm assuming you don't have sales experience I'm assuming you're not very good at sales it's not something you're very comfortable with so your

close rate Is going to be lower than my close rate or somebody that has done sales for a long time so we're going to assume that you close 20% meaning one out of every five or two out of every 10 calls you take which is still good but someone who's done this for a long time will probably close 30 40% what does that mean that means you close one in every five calls well you have two calls a week that show so that's eight people a month that you can actually sell to with A 20%

close rate you're going to close between one and two deals not bad one to two new clients a month happy days but this is assuming that you've got good response rates and you've got good close rate and you've also got a good ability to take somebody from response to actually booking the C you can see how immediately if your messages aren't very good you won't get results right you will only sign clients if you were to push way more volume so if we go from 50 DMS a day to 500 DMS a day that's a

10x increase all right a 10x increase assume all of our numbers are the same we Clos the same amount we book the same amount the same amount show you are now going to close 10 to 20 clients per month don't you see how crazy that difference is and here's the thing you see as you do more volume you get data faster for example I'm testing a new script I send 50 a day for a week I've sent 350 messages and then I decide if the script Is good if it's bad if I need to change

it however if I'm sending 500 DMS a day I can probably test that script for two days for three 3 days I've gotten 1,000 to 1,500 points of data that I can look at and I can do it in half the time so now I've got double triple the data I can make better decisions and I can do it faster so the chances are you won't see a 10x increase in results you'll actually see a 10 15 20x increase because of the fact that you'll be able To iterate make changes faster better with more data

and they're more clear so at the start of this video I mentioned that I would send 500 DMS a day without doing anything I would not send any of those DMS myself so you're going to do this true two Roots appointment seters or virtual assistants pretty much the same thing slight difference appointment setter you're typically going to pay like a base salary and then commission so really their main goal is to get you Deals because the base salary is fine it's enough for them to put aside the time to do the Outreach every day but

the commission is where they make money a VA is typically just hourly or monthly base okay so they don't really have any incentive to tweak the script to go off script no they just get paid to send the messages an appointment setter makes way more sense for nearly everybody look if you hire an appointment setter and you sign 10 clients you will make less money Right you will pay them more because you're going to give them a good commission if you were to hire a VA you'd make more money right because they would pretty much

cost you less but here's the thing because the appointments that are has commission and is incentivized when a VA gets you 10 clients with the same effort an appointment set will typically go ahead and get you more 12 15 clients I from the numbers in so many scenarios Appointment setter always makes sense if you want us to place an appointment setter in your business you can reach out to me it is a service we offer so if you follow this approach this is what your day-to-day looks like you should ideally have a weekly call with

your sets Okay so quick checkin review progress Etc you need to make sure that they have an Outreach tracker this is something we give to all of our students it's essentially a fancy spreadsheet Where they can track every day how many messages they sent responses they got Scene rates any other notes and this will pretty much just allow you to see exactly what they're doing but also to make changes to your script faster so really you just sit back like you sit back back you watch them do it of course if you have tips for

them you give it to them but really your main goal now is to close the deals and I know you've probably seen other people talk about How you can send Instagram DMS LinkedIn DMS automated right with a tool with a software with a Google Chrome extension let me just tell you this Instagram and Linkedin hate those things so yeah you could try and use that it might work for a couple of days nine times out of 10 you'll get your account banned and you might even get an Instagram IP ban meaning Instagram will literally ban

your IP address you're never allowed to create an Instagram account again plus People know when they're speaking to a bot they can tell from the responses so look my friend this is how you do it you need volume cold Outreach works it's not dead it still signs clients for our students there's typically only three problems volume you're not doing enough of it your script is just boring as hell three you're not following up before we can look at follow-ups before we can look at fixing your script got to do volume so if you do anything

today put a Plan in place write down exactly how you're going to implement this yourself if You' like my help reach out to me on Instagram we'll see you in the next one all right so we've just just looked at how you can send out a ridiculous amount of DMS for your Outreach on a daily basis you might be thinking can I just automate this and I'm going to give you my real thoughts on this so look first the question is can somebody else do the type of Outreach that you are doing most Cases yes

but there's going to be cases in which this is more difficult if you're doing highly personalized video Outreach yes there are tools that will allow you to automate it but they're not perfect so a lot of times messages will get sent out and the video is just not how it should look so I tend to just avoid those tools but if you're sending text messages Instagram DMS Cod emails yes a lot of that can be automated now look I don't think you should automate Any of this until it's working me myself I did Outreach myself

and en hired other people to do it for me only when it was working right I wouldn't recommend automating something if you haven't yet signed clients through that approach you know most people as I mentioned here just do it until they have a process that's working and they're getting results with that okay so if you've decided you do want to automate SL delegate this okay and when I say Delegate that means hand it down to somebody else a human not an automation you know these are the things you want to have in place you want

to make sure you've done at least 500 Outreach in a month like minimum minimum you want to make sure you have a very clear guide or standard operating procedure that you can give to somebody that really is like super simple to follow anybody could copy it and you need to make sure that you have a Compensation Plan in mind Because if you're going to delegate and hire an appointment setter or a virtual assistant you got to pay those all right you got to pay those people okay so for example you could do commission only meaning

that you pay them a commission when they book you a meeting or commission when they sign you a client or base plus commission or just Bas doing commission only is quite difficult because of the fact that for example you could have a appointment setter who's Getting paid commission to bring you clients but what if they book you 10 meetings and you don't close any deals right just because you're still learning the ropes they then don't get paid even though they've done their job and right the problem is that you haven't closed any deals this is

why base plus commission typically works the best so there's two routes you can take here you can go with a virtual assistant this is typically someone who's paid per hour or A base monthly salary and they don't have commission or an incentive structure in place uh normally it's someone who's not trained they're just good at admin right like they've done admin and then hence you give them a process that's like really really easy to understand and follow the process this is how I started um so I did it myself got it working and then when

it was working I heard virtual assistance so when we were sending 500 DMS a day That was true virtual assistance okay the second route is with appointment Setters I just didn't know what appointment Setters were when I hired a virtual assistant if I knew what they were and I knew how to find them and how to pay them and all the nuances then I probably would have gone with an appointment center cuz this is someone who's already trained okay like they've done this before before they understand Outreach they understand sales typically Paid on just commission

again as mentioned sometimes it makes sense to add a base salary in there as well um you know this is a service we do provide to people where we just train appointment sets and we give them directly to you if you want more info on that of course reach out to me um and since they're trains you know even if you don't have the best system the best sop or the best results yet because they're trained they're most likely Going to be able to help you figure it out kind of like a collaboration in instead

of just you're the boss telling them exactly what to do so these are the two routes again I personally would not do this until you have some results at least it just makes a whole lot of more sense right um so as mentioned we do Place appointment Setters into students businesses that we work with so we train them we place them and then we give them continued coaching so that they can Continue to improve but again do you need this no you don't right like we've normally done this with people who either have results already

right with their Outreach their booking meetings they're signing deals deals and they just want to scale it up or people that don't have the time to do it themselves which is quite common um so again if you want info on that you can of course reach out now if you've decided you don't have a niche you're not going to Niche down just yet you might be wondering how do I do Outreach because when you go to a platform like Instagram or LinkedIn to find leads to reach out to normally the way in which you do

that is you look at your Niche for example Fitness and you type in Fitness or Fitness coach or supplements right you you type in a a a search term related to your Niche to find people in your niche so you need Clarity all right nice little quote from Brian Tracy lack of Clarity is the primary reason for failure in business and personal life I agree 100% anytime I've had a lack of clarity on what I need to do I can feel confused just lackluster you know just a bit all over the place and I don't

achieve much so you need to have Clarity and if You' have any doubts on this now make sure that you get it dial in all right so it can be challenging to do Outreach if you're not Niche down because again you just don't know where To start you don't know what to search for on these platforms so option one is pick a niche to try you can go through our Niche checklist uh as mentioned at the start of this video there's bonus resources I'm giving to you link to that is the first link in the

description so you'll get the niche checklist on there and what you want to do is pick a few niches that you might be interested in you're not picking a niche right like committing to one Niche here you're just Picking one to test it out so for example you go to the niche checklist and you find restaurants and you decide look let me just find some restaurants on Instagram Google Maps and give that a go okay that's all option one option two is upwork right upwork is a really really good place to get leads because you'll

have service specific leads all right like businesses that are saying Hey I want this service but they're not Niche specific like a lot of times you Won't even know what Niche the business is in cuz they're not going to tell you they'll just say I need a social media manager uh social media manager for my e-commerce business and they're not going to tell you what type of e-commerce business or what industry all the time so this is really good for that again you can just search for people who need your services and then you work

with whoever need your help at local businesses this is a really easy way to Do this go to Google Maps find businesses in your local area voila doesn't matter what Niche they're in right this is just an easy way for you to get clarity all right so there's a quite unique Outreach strategy that my Student Success manager used in his business and I want to share it with you it's signing smma clients using SMS text messaging not a lot of people do it and there's a lot of nuances a lot of nuances that if you

don't know how to Treat this it's it's going to blow up in your face so I'd recommend you watch this this works really really well but obviously if you do it right Co we're going to break this down into eight or nine topics topic number one is just breaking down how this worked for Ty so Ty let us know how did you come up with this strategy and why does it work so I was driving down the highway one day and I saw this billboard for real estate agents which is the Nish work with and

The billboard said buying or selling a home call or text me and then it had the real estate agents's phone number on there it didn't say send me a message on Instagram it didn't say shoot me an email it was call or text me so I know that's where they're hanging out I know that's where they're spending their time so if I want to get in front of them to sell them my services that's where it needs to happen cool so you you've broken down why someone should choose SMS right I think it's also important

to know when it works okay so for you you figured out for your Niche for real estate agents it Works they're on that platform are there Industries you can think of that are like big red flags for text message Outreach industries that you know this probably wouldn't work for mhm well e-commerce in particular because they're all online you're not going to be texting the founder of an e-commerce brand you might be able to Get them on LinkedIn you might be able to get in with an email but there are lots of other niches out there

where something like this won't work but there are also niches out there where this is maybe the only way to get in front of most of the prospects there okay awesome so Ty if someone has decided yes I think I have an industry where messages would work what do they need to know in terms of software how do they set all this up um how does that work do you literally Just do it from your phone or are like that are you using an app or software to help with the process very first thing they

need to know is where are you actually going to get these phone numbers right so are you going to go on websites and manually find the phone numbers is there some sort of database out there that has them are you going to pull the phone number right off their Instagram with their contact button there's lots of different ways you can Get that so very first thing is how you going to get those numbers second thing is the actual platform that we use to do Outreach for SMS and we don't use my actual phone we have

an app it's called text now and it's completely free to use in the US at least I know the rules do change for some countries but what it is is you sign up with an email and it will give you a free phone number with a local area code awesome which brings us on to the next point right which is the Importance of knowing that local area code for your Outreach so for you in the Florida region you know you're going to get uh a phone through text now with that local area code which makes

sense because if they get one from an Irish number or you know again even just maybe a number from like Texas or somewhere else they're going to be confused or it's going to seem a little bit weird um so yeah it's just knowing that local area code for people that I guess don't Have a specific area locked down what would you recommend would you recommend to them pick an area for at least you know let's say a couple months and just run with that and then pick another area and get a new code you know

a new area code with a new number and keep the process going uh what do you think would work best I think it could work either way if you wanted to have that local area code it's definitely going to help make you feel more familiar to your Prospect but if you don't have that I mean it's still a matter of you're going to be able to get in front of them that first few numbers the first few digits that signify that you're from that area I don't think those are all that significant but it definitely

can help in building that trust with you from the GetGo cool so right now Ty is just opening up his iPad so we're just going to have a look at the scripts that he uses to sign clients so we're not going To give give you obviously word for word his script because one that won't work for you this is very specific to his industry his sales approach and a bunch of different things and but secondly you're just going to get better results if you take what we show you and put your own unique Twist on

this and of course track your numbers measure the results and just keep tweaking it until you get good results okay so quick caveat guys we're going to break this Down right now we've got it up on the iPad uh a really important note is that Tai's Outreach approach is what we call the student approach so he's not messaging a real estate agent pitching them on a sales call necessarily he kind of uses a couple techniques to disguise the call where it's a call where he's you know approaching them as a student who wants to learn

more about their business and potentially give them some marketing advice on the back end um we Have some other videos where we've mentioned this topic we discuss it in incredible detail inside of our program and Ty teaches it to a bunch of our students every single week and it works incredibly well so you want to learn that definitely consider joining the program and keep that in mind as we show you this as it's not your typical hey book a strategy call with me approach so the very first message we send is hey is this real

name insert it there and the Reason we do that is because if you're a realer and you get a text message especially from your local area code for someone asking from you the answer is always yes of course how can I help you right so that tells us which perc of the phone numbers we're getting are good you don't need to actually track that but for us it's about 93% of the time they'll see that message and respond to it and when they respond to it that's when I move in into introducing myself I Say

hey my name is Ty liy I'm a student at the University of Florida and I'm studying marketing I had some questions for you about your business and I was curious to know how you do these specific things uh if you'd be interested in getting on a quick 15 20 minute long call with me where I can ask you these questions and an exchange for your time give you some free social media advice I really appreciate that now that is just a rough paraphrase it's Not a word for word so take that with a grain of

salt but that's the rough framework for this approach and then from there if they say yes we say great can I send you over a link to to my calendar it will send you the link to the zoom call for our meeting and if they say yes to that we can shoot them over a copy of a calendar link which is what we used to actually schedule the calls and from there we have our first call booked in awesome awesome so Ty Another thing to note is the process right with with Outreach on most platforms

like the Outreach I do if we send a message to someone and they don't respond we follow up with them okay so like 2 days later we'll hit them with another message basically just bumping up the previous message to to get their attention now I think this is really important to this approach you don't do that and you're reasoning why makes a whole lot of sense and it would probably Save people a lot of time and effort if they didn't know that they started doing multiple follow-ups mhm so the reason we don't do follow-ups on

that first message is because if you're realer and you get a text from a local area code asking for you and you don't respond to it there's a really really really good chance that it's just not your phone number right so not all the leads we get are good sometimes websites and databases they become outdated so if They don't respond to that first message we we just conclude that they're not there and that works 93% of the time anyway so we only lose maybe 7% of that which is phenomenal for outre next point we want

to discuss is the numbers that you do so the amount of messages that you're sending on a weekly basis and the rough results that you see from that so we send about 50 messages per week which is 10 messages 5 days a week on weekdays and from those 50 messages like I said Usually around 90 to 93% of the time they'll see that first message and respond to us and then from that flow of 50 messages we'll get anywhere between 8 and sometimes 13 calls booked on the back end now those aren't all going to

turn into clients but to get 8 to 13 out of 50 messages you probably won't find that anywhere else to be honest it's pretty damn good and it's why you know the approach I use for outreach is very different and the results very different And that's why we do quantity uh over quality in that case to awesome stuff I think people are going to get a lot of value from this and it's probably opened a lot of people eyes to SMS you know I personally didn't really even ever think about it before you came into

the program and started doing it yourself um now you obviously like I said you teach it very in depth to our students we've got trainings on it specifically we have samples of the scripts we have full Breakdowns on again how to set up these softwares the platforms Etc and again we mentioned this in another video we just recorded but we literally had a student last night on a coaching call his name is Ross Ross if you're watching the video drop a comment down below Ross got five calls booked in in one day so in 24

hours using this approach and Ross previously struggled to book meetings you know not very good results on different platforms and it just shows You if you can take what you're doing right now we just pair that with an incredibly good powerful strategy you may be able to five 10 extra results literally overnight all right so once you figured out how to find leads online how to reach out to them hopefully you're going to use what I've just given you in the last few trainings you're you're going to now need to know how you sell because

just because you can reach out to a business and get them to book a Meeting with you it doesn't mean they're going to buy your stuff or buy your service in this case you need to learn how to sell so I'm going to walk you through some of the most important high level sales training I can give you in the next few minutes to give you the basics that you need to know so the first thing is you need to frame your sales call let's just look at this okay we've got John John Books A

call manually with his Prospect you know he Texts them back and forth and says hey the Saturday suit they say yep he says how does 3:00 p.m. suit they say nope 5:00 p.m. that's the process he then sends them a zoom link uh a few minutes before the call you know just like hey Jimmy see you on the call in 5 minutes and then there's no communication so he books the call today on a Friday the call is for Saturday there's no communication between that or for example he he books it on Wednesday the Calls

for Saturday and nothing happens in between so we've got multiple days where the prospect could fall sick could become disinterested could go to another service provider million things could Happ on the flip side we've got James James Books A call Via his calendar so when the prospect books in the call they get a notification via text and email confirming when the call is going to happen and the link to the call so that it's already pre-framed in his head aha Saturday 300 p.m. and I've already got the link fantastic and it's in his calendar he

also sends over more examples of content he's created social media Pages he's managed case studies results or if he's brand new when he doesn't have any proof or any results he might send over some content that he think could work well for the brand such as something from their competitors or a certain style of content he also messages the prospect uh with a voice Message or a video message a day before the call to Hype them up this really you know untalked about strategy drop them a voice note you know John can't wait for a

call on Saturday just wanted to remind you you should have the link and the time in your calendar it's 300 p.m. we're going to be able to look at X1 Y and Z if you got any questions beforehand let me know excited to speak you can imagine when his Prospect shows up at one they're going to most likely Show up because they've actually been reminded and they've got the call link number two they're warmed up they've been sent stuff to look at they've then gotten this reminder who is going to be more likely to close

the deal James is it's an absolute no-brainer so this is what you need to do with your calls okay for example if you're using cly this is just you know screenshot this if you want to walk through it yourself super simple to figure out but essentially it Just means that you can use calendly it's got a free plan uh book in the free call and enable notifications so that they get everything there's no you know there's no doubts send over the examples super easy you can do that via email via text Instagram it doesn't matter

where you do it as long as they see it all right and then message the prospect super important again I would do this on the platform you first communicated for example you message the person on Instagram they booked the call you know it wouldn't make sense to now email them right and send them a video there no like keep it on the platform you booked it with and you should be good to go in your voice note you can also do this which is setting clear intentions for the call all right so you might have

noticed when I gave you the example of the voice note I mentioned John we're going to talk about X Y and Z the reason I want to do that is to pre-frame it in His head what we're going to discuss so that he doesn't think it's just a chitchat he thinks it's actually going to be valuable but it also puts him in a state to know that I'm serious and I've got a plan and agenda for this I'm not just trying to waste this time for 30 minutes now my friend look sales is not easy

and I I really do I want to say that because some people say it's easy it's not like I was really scared of sales when I started I was not confident I was shy I was an introvert I thought this is not for me like I'm not the type of person that's going to do well at this and I got okay at it you know I learned I did the Reps I put myself through the uncomfortable situations and that's how you will get good at it too but I do want to make it easier for

you and I want to give you some tips uh just now okay so when you start off a call you want to show appreciation to them hey John appreciate you hopping on the Call super simple you might want to compliment them for example you like the painting in the background or you know his glasses are cool like just something small Don't Go Over the Top don't overthink it but these little things make a good first impression State the purpose of the call all right like what I really don't want you to do and I see

this too often is somebody hops on a call and they say hey John John says hey how are you doing and then John takes Control of the conversation and starts saying like yeah so I know you do social media tell me about that and that's not a sales call that's just a chitchat right like that's not how we do it you want to step into the call John appreciate you taking the time how's your day so far John tells you how his day is now State the purpose of the call John amazing really again can't

appreciate enough appreciate you taking the time to actually show up as well John I speak to a lot of people that don't show up and today my goal is to do this welcome true what are you you going to do you're going to show him how social media could be used in his business but more importantly learn about his business because you help people with social media but you want to make sure that you get the info that you can actually help him tell him what the purpose is be honest and set that from the

start these are just you know ideas For you asking questions in a sales call that start with who what where when why and how I read this in a book years ago so I don't know who I should credit for this but whoever it was thank you so much cuz I read when I was starting my agency and I used to always think of this when I was on a call for example Who ah yeah okay who manages the social media what's their goals for social media where does JN spend the time in the business

that makes him the most Money AKA probably not social media which is why I should do it and you go through these list of questions and these really like these really helped me when starting off because they a lot of they put a lot of the the decision making onto the prospect you're putting the power in their hands but you're moving the conversation forward to to figure out who's involved what are they doing when's a good time how am I going to be able to help okay so the sales Basics let's go through some of

them again I can't give you everything uh unless I was going to build a 20-hour course just on sales so I'm going to give you as much as I can right now mirroring is very important you do this visually and verbally have you ever been on a call and you've seen someone like Bob their head like this yeah you probably have I've been on calls and I do it all the time or have you ever sat down across from someone And all of a sudden you've noticed that you've just crossed your arms and their arms

are also crossed all right this is mirroring we tend to copy the people that we're speaking to or like it's happened to me so many times where I'm speaking to someone and they just so happen to have their hands on their hips and now my hands are on my hips I didn't even know it and then I catch it and I'm like wow that's awkward I just copied that person without even knowing so you Want to do this on your sales call at the head Bob just makes it look like you're listening like this mhm

mhm super simple but also you can do this verbally for example I asked John John what are your goals with social media John says look right now we're trying to reach more people we're trying to convert more of our current followers into customers and something else me mirroring him would be saying gotcha John so converting more of the leads right Converting more followers right and what I'm going to do there is I'm going to end that with a right or is that correct or is that what you mean for him to then continue and to

go deeper on that point and it shows I'm listening shows I understand and gives them the platform to go deeper on that specific point as well now labeling is defined as describing a a person in terms of their behavior okay so for example if someone breaks a serious law we put we label Them as a criminal okay pretty pretty simple stuff this is a very effective sales tactic where if I'm speaking to someone that's really driven really motivated I can I can say that I can label them as driven and motivated John love it man

love your view on social media you sound really you know really motivated to make this work like you seem like a hard worker right and then of course he's going to like that right it's going to build up that trust now Labeling can also be you know why they're not doing something what they've tried in the past or how they're going to solve the problem John is telling me how they tried social media in the past they hired someone inh house and she didn't know social media but she worked in the company like on an

admin role took over the social media and it didn't work out the way in which I can use labeling is I can start to basically label why it didn't work okay the reason Want to do this is because I want to move it away from John thinking social media doesn't work to no the person you hired was the problem which means social media does work and I'm going to show you how we can do it proper so just an example of that would be like oh got you John so so you said she spend two

hours a week on the social media is that right and then he's going to confirm or deny right so what I'm doing there is labeling the negative points so that he Can very very clearly see how yeah I know where the problems were and then he sees the problems and sees me as a bit of an expert objection handling oh boy again we could spend hours on this one this is okay objection handling if you've never heard of it before is this you have a call you offer them something and they say yeah sounds great

but insert reason a very common one in this space is you know sounds great send me the information via email I'll speak to My business partner or you know what look leave it with me I'll speak with my wife we'll see what we want to do and I'll get back to you on Monday right these are objections that people will give to you your goal is to be this little fell this little Emoji right is to basically navigate the objections what I don't want you to do is stamped over them and say hey that's you

know that that makes no sense you're wrong I don't think that's a good way of Selling it works for some dudes not for me what I would rather do is for example let's say they give this one you know I need to think about it cool yeah John makes sense man I'd probably think about it as well how much time do you think you need and then he's going to give me more information or or yeah John makes sense man like when it comes to thinking about social media what do you think you need to

think about is it just social media as a whole or whether like we're The right people to help you out and what I'm going to do and again remember what I said earlier who what where when why when and hell those are the questions we want to be using here because I don't want to be like saying like oh John why won't you do it today like I want to go more as okay like cool I get it man how much time do you need what do you want to think about when do you think

you have a decision made by like where do you see yourself going With social media in the next let's say 6 months if you decide now is not the right time going to ask these types of questions to not be too pushy but to navigate right this is what objection handling is all about so now I would love to share with you three smma sales tactics that I use to make over a million with my own smma and these can be applied to other businesses as well so these are three sales tactics that I know

you're going to love all right so Sales style number one is the doctor approach if if you choose the doctor approach you will spend most of your time in silence on a sales call you will spend your time asking questions and letting the other person speak letting them open up about their problems the premise is simple when you go to a doctor they don't just start talking at you and say buy this medication they sit you down ask you questions they get you to open up and then they diagnose you a Solution most sm/ coaching

Consulting business owners are not doctors they don't ask their patient to open up and they don't diagnose solutions they just try and pitch pitch and Pitch they somehow think the prospect will say yes so a real life example if you were on a sales call and you've booked it in for 30 minutes and you're speaking to a fitness coach that wants to get more sales for his coaching business this is an example of some of the things you Would ask how are you currently getting clients how much do you charge what's your closing rate on

Discovery calls do you post once a day on social media have you ever run any Facebook ads just asking questions getting the person to open up and eventually you get to a stage in that call probably after 15 to 20 minutes where they have literally given to you on a silver platter here are all my problems here's all the things I've tried that haven't worked And then you come in and you put your solution as the custom diagnosis that you give them but this approach does not work for everyone this is why I'm giving you

three sales Styles some of these Styles will fit your personality better but also certain people will respond better to certain Styles so you can't just use the doctor approach with everyone you may need to try one of the others so style number two is the value advice giver in this type of sales call You ask questions but you actually speak most of the time in fact I have a couple of these exact sales call styles on my YouTube channel you'll be able to see where I show you live sales calls I have taken with people

where I've used this exact approach it's an approach in which you give a lot of value you you ask questions but you ultimately spend a lot of the time explaining what you do how you do it and the results that you get cases in which I've used this exact Approach where it has worked is when I have gotten referrals meaning one of my clients referred somebody to us because in that case I know that person is coming to me cuz they have the problem probably the exact same problem that the other client already had so

it's relatively easy for me to then just assume cool let me ask a couple questions see if I'm correct and that their problem is also a lack of clients for their business and then I can go Ahead and after five or even 10 minutes I can start a transition from asking questions to just explaining here's how it works here's the results we got do you want to sign up because they got referred they've already got the trust and they know the results that we've gotten so it's a lot easier to just Breeze through that sales

call without being a doctor and the final sales style that I've used is a blend of the two it's where you combine the doctor Approach with the value Giver approach so how you would typically structure this is that the first typically 15 minutes of your call is going to be you asking questions so you ask a question and then you shut up and you let them speak for like 2 minutes and you ask another question and you keep going after that 15-minute Mark your ideal goal here is that you have asked all the questions you

need they've come to you with their pain Point their problem and Where they want to get to any roadblocks theyve faced along the journey so far and then your last 15 minutes is just you saying like cool John everything you've just told me there sounds like something we can fix now I've got a presentation that I'm going to walk you through that'll show you how we can fix that and how it looks like to work with us and you would then just pretty much explain for the next 10 minutes here's everything we do here's how

it works Here's all the details you need to know and your last 5 minutes is moving them to the close so what I want you to do my friend is I want you to try these sales approaches so in your next three calls why not try one of these calls on each of them and see which feels more natural and which one works the best for some of you the doctor approach is going to come super natural for some of you the value advice giver will work and for others it's a blend of the two

what I do know After working with hundreds of beginners in this space is that the doctor approach can feel awkward because you're essentially sitting in silence for most the call you're in control you're asking them the questions and you're dictating where the conversation goes most beginners struggle to do that effectively however most beginners that know a lot about social media marketing and are very passionate about this space do incredibly well with the value advice Giver approach because they get to just basically talk and talk and talk about all their knowledge and how good they are

what they do okay in the next two videos you're going to see two live sales calls that I personally took for my agency a very very long time ago you'll see I probably look a few years younger now these calls are two very different calls but the reason I want to show you these is these are examples of Me closing deals when I was not even Very good at sales now I would like to think I'm 10 times better at sales than I was back then but you'll notice I still closed the deals this is

why I'm showing you these I could show you other ones where I was like more professional said the right words presented myself better but like these are two really raw calls I did like 101 things wrong and they worked we closed the deals I want to show these to you so that you understand you're not a million miles Away from closing your first deal you're not a million miles away from getting to 10K a month and sales is something you learn as you go so whatever further Ado enjoy these two so this is exactly how

I Clos a $900 per month Social Media Marketing client couple really key points just before we Dive Right In you'll notice at the start of this call I started the call with my camera turned off on Zoom I did this intentionally and typically I will only turn my camera on When the prospect turns their camera on I do this because I want to match their energy if they want to keep the camera off I'm going to keep my camera off if they want to turn their camera on I'm going to turn mine off during this

call I share my screen on zoom and I'm looking through different Instagram Pages for a lot of time we're not going to show you that here in this call we're just going to either blur that information or we're going to zoom in on The camera because unfortunately I just can't show you that information cuz it will give away the exact client or other clients that we work with Note number three is that this call took place back when Instagram reels were just getting started and were just kicking off so just in case you think I'm

talking about something that's really outdated no it was relevant at the time obviously reals as of recording this video are very very important but I just wanted to let you Know last but not least this sales call is going to show you why client retention is so damn important because when you have a Cent that is happy with your service they are more likely to refer their friends their colleagues to you as well and those are easy sales so without wasting any more time we're going to get right into it hey Adam how's it going

good man how you doing brother I'm doing good I'm doing good how's your day going it's going well man Good stuff good stuff let me just turn on the camera here one second there we go cool perfect man so I know you were referred over to us by Paul I know you mentioned that you know Julian and Bar as well so yeah good good to hear because that obviously means you're doing good you know you've got a good coaching business going if if you know those guys um yeah fill me in on what you're currently

doing you know are you Currently just focusing on Facebook and looking to move onto Instagram as well or what's the kind of setup what use really both uh just trying to get more traction really want um I know I was talking to Paul yesterday and he said that you you really focuses on Instagram yep that's it exactly okay now but you he did say that you do handle post for his Facebook do you use like later or hoot Suite to you do indeed yeah we use later just link it up so everything on Instagram goes

straight over to Facebook yeah okay that's pretty much what we want to do man uh because I don't know if you've checked out mine we want to get it looking a hell of a lot better because you know image is everything man and man I was like Paul yours and Julian's but yeah Paul's say Facebook to it all looks fantastic man cool cool good stuff man good stuff um so yeah look you know that's exactly it we just helped them basically with all of their Content you know again you know yourself if you're doing High

ticket you need to look the part we need to have a good mix of content right of what you're doing right now which is lifestyle and you've got the kind of tweets you know those motivational kind of quotes and the call to action tweets but now having some infog graphics in there as well going that bit deeper with people giving them that extra value really just shapes the whole thing and as long as you're doing You know Outreach and you've got a good script in place you're going to grow you know you're going to grow

you're going to get clients and it's really it's a pretty straightforward process for clients like yourself because we know you know how to sell you know how to get leads on the phone you know how to do that and it's just a case of Tiding everything up H one saving you time so that you don't have to post all the content but also getting you those leads Right because that's a big thing we see with coaches is you put out some content on Instagram and a lot of times it doesn't really go anywhere you know

you might get two followers a day 10 followers per month something like that and ideally we need new people coming in to feed into your CS right we can't get leads if we don't have people coming in we obviously can't get clients and calls if we don't have the leads there so it's all just a big kind of Circle of things Uh um I can walk you through exactly what we're doing with those guys if you want I can just share my screen and I'll just walk you through that now yeah that would be great

man and I think Paul said you have you do have different packages and stuff so again I'm curious about everything you offer 100% yeah so I'll walk you through kind of what we do with Paul okay so his is kind of our our main package and that's where we manage all of your content so that means we're Posting one post every day on Instagram we write all the copy in the captions we schedule the content it all goes out by our team again we link it up with Facebook obviously with that package you're still going

to be posting your stories okay so you're going to still do your stories your DMs your Outreach and all of that we just handle all of that feed content for you so we do give our clients a lot of feedback now obviously you probably have a good script but if You do need help with that and if you need help with your stories and strategies for your stories we can definitely help you out with that as well we do weekly coaching calls for our clients mainly just because Instagram changes pretty much every two to three

weeks you know there's a new feature there's a new update it's always changing so to give you kind of all the things that we're learning from our clients that are performing we dissect That every week on a bit of a coaching call okay so what I'm going to do is I'm going to pull up Paul and then Arlene's page because Arlene her page is a really great example as well um just have a look here okay so basically this is kind of the look we go for with most clients now what we can do Adam

is we can do this in a couple different ways okay so this is one way where it's very straightforward it's 10 infographics it's 10 tweets and 10 lifestyle photos or videos that's kind of the typical one that we've always done and that has worked best now we are going to be slightly changing that up with some of our clients just to test things out um we found with a couple clients already that it's working pretty well and this is essentially where we don't do as many of these kind of graphics and the tweets but we

have more of the lifestyle so it's almost more of a 5050 approach of 50% lifestyle And then 50% tweets graphics and all the educational content so you don't have to decide on that or anything it's pretty much the same package and it's just something that we can kind of run with see how it goes and we can tweak that in you know the first couple of weeks if needs to be as well yeah so basically with all of this Arlene or Paul or whoever the client is would give us this content so they're going to

give us a folder with maybe 10 15 photos we're Going to write captions for those and then the rest of the content here we pretty much create from scratch now all of the content just to make sure it lines up with you know your coaching program and what you offer what we do there is that any of the uh content pieces we create will run the ideas by you first so it's essentially we come up with an idea based on your coaching what you're solving for your clients and your competitors and what's doing well we

Send it to you you say hey I like 10 of those ideas let's run with them we create them we schedule them in write the copy in the captions and boom we're good to go so that's kind of like the content structure how that all works another thing we do then Adam is that we in basically try and get you more followers so as I mentioned we need to obviously get leads and calls and to do that we need to get new people coming in top of the so how we go about doing that Is

first off we look at who your ideal client is and we find where they hang out on Instagram okay so in your case you know or in Arlene's case let's just take this as an example first off it's women and these are the things that she sols for them so what we're going to do is we're going to find pages that have those people on them because if they already have them on there what we can do is just engage with those people from your page so we might like some of their Piece of content

and we might follow some people as well merging those two things together and what we get is obviously a very good kickback because we're we're reaching out to people they're coming back and then if they follow you you can start to DM Outreach as well so that's usually what we do the kind of average growth with that is somewhere from really 10 to 15 followers per day roughly in and around 300 per month look some months at the start it's Going to be a little bit slower because we're finding our feet we're getting things fine

tuned but ideally we do want that to slowly increase you know over the course of two three months as well yeah so that's kind of the whole rundown that's the main thing we do now I can walk you through the packages we do have that are less than that we do have some packages where we give you some content we do the growth strategy and we basically just don't post it for you so If you just want some graphics and you want some extra growth we can do that obviously the main difference is that you

don't really get that time saving of us posting all the content for you so I can definitely walk you through the two packages you can look at the pricing and if it's a clear distinction between the two you can just make that decision from there okay cool cool man cool and then just based on your current Instagram are you getting any clients from it at the Moment or ples just from Facebook pretty much from Facebook because we're not going in there but that's why I want to get more traction there and use IG because it's

just it's a little bit different than Facebook right exactly exactly same premise same fundamentals you know you're usually going to use the same script but obviously the way you go about it is slightly different definitely yeah yeah so that's why I know we needed to look more professional For sure yeah 100% it's it seems to be more of like Facebook you can get away with less professional because it's more of you know adding people as friends and everybody's friends whereas Instagram is more of I'm a professional you know and you're trying to get people to

come to you yeah rather than you always go to the game so yeah slightly different um so yeah I'll just pull up the pricing here we'll take a quick look and I presume you're doing pretty High ticket as well right we that's all we're doing right now y perfect perfect we're in the same thing with um Paul with Nick's Savage group yeah so with jul well that's like music to our ears when we hear Nick's group we know one you know how to sell you know how to do high ticket it's always good good stuff

man so basically this package right here this is the main kind of Coach package management package okay so this is 30 piece of content targeted Growth weekly coaching call monthly once one call and then we give you a mini course that we have as well that one is 900 per month now as I mentioned if that's too much or you don't want to go with the full kind of hands-off approach we can look at that as well what we do for that is this one right here so the growth package you get 10 infographics you

get the growth which again roughly 300 followers per month you still get the weekly coaching but you just don't Get us posting all of the content for you so it's basically the difference here is about $200 and a difference of 20 extra pieces of content that we would write captions for and we would also post for you okay and then this one right here this is kind of like our stter package this is where you choose content or growth we wouldn't recommended for someone in your situation this is more for coaches that Are literally getting

started and they're not really getting any leads they don't really have any idea what they're doing that's more applicable for them when you know you have something that works and it's more about just firing that up this or the third package will be the better fit yeah what is so what was number three again I'm sorry no worries no worries so $200 difference so it's 900 per month and the only real difference is here we're doing 30 pieces Of content okay so 10 infographics roughly 10 lifel images and 10 of the kind of quote Twitter

Stell posts as well now obviously all of these were writing the copy for as well and the cap caption that goes with it whereas on package two we're just creating 10 Graphics without the captions we're sending them to you in a Google drive folder and then you would post them from there okay is there any way I mean we really want to go to the package three Um but I was anticipate 900 um is there any way you could sharpen your pencil with that one we do have a pay and full discount now I'm not

sure if that's something within budget if it is we can definitely look at that cool so usually if you're to do the ma it would be 900 time 3 months let's say that is going to be 2.7k okay so if you're doing pay in full we basically do 2,400 so if you do the maths it roughly comes out at about 800 per Month okay and that so you basically do three months at a time exactly yes we do work off a three- Monon contract for packages like this okay all right um so what if if

we want to start today so what do we do yeah go good question man so basically couple things obviously invoice and proposal are the main two things at the very start after we get that locked in then we book on an onboarding call okay so we usually book this in because it's Wednesday today for Friday or for the following Monday okay so that one gives us time to sit with your brand what you're doing get all the information from you and hop onto that call and just get straight into things from there so basically on

the onboarding call we will have our client executive who will hop on with you managing the content for you we may be able to get our branding specialist on as well will um he's currently just sick at the moment so we're just not 100% Sure if he's going to be around next week but ideally we'll have those two key people on they'll run you through absolutely everything you need to know and before that as well Adam we send you over an onboarding form okay so the onboarding form has things like give us your logo give

us any details of lead magnets you have give us more info about your ideal clients the pain points you solve and again we use all of that put that into our research and we'll use That then to shape all the content as well okay um where you you from or where are you are you in Europe yeah so we're based in Ireland I'm not in Ireland right now but our company is based in Ireland okay all right cool yeah my wife's from Stoke on Trent England so oh cool good good stuff okay um well so

yeah let's get rocking then man um again because Barb and Julian and Paul spoke highly of you and again if this goes well I'll push it Into the group as well like hey you guys should use these guys sounds good man and with that we do have a bit of a referral system as well so we've had some clients that have gotten pretty much to three months with us because theyve referred a decent amount of people so that is something we do have as well again all going good you can obviously get to that kind

of stage as well uh we do roughly a 10% discount okay so let's say for example you refer Three people they all sign up on a similar package yours would probably be you know 250 270 off your monthly package as well and obviously that can go quite down you know if you refer a decm to people over Okay cool so what I'll do then Adam if that suits you is I'll just pull up an invoice are you looking to do monthly or do you want to take advantage of the uh paying for no let's do

yeah let's do the three months yeah let's do that cool yeah no worries I'll get that up now and then if we could schedule like I said the call as soon as we can too because I really want to get it rocking and rolling sure thing you know what I'll pull up the calendar now and we'll see if we have something for Friday okay yeah that would be great and like that I'll get you the onboarding form straight after this call as well so you fill that straight away and we'll get our team to get

straight Into that so while I'm loading this up I'm just also going to get the calendar and we'll take a look at that sure so for Friday um what time zone are you you on Adam East Coast perfect so we would have let me see here we have 8 a. your time we would have 7: am 6 AM do any of those work for you how long's the call roughly 20 to 30 minutes you said 6 7 or 8 amm yep we've got all of those Open let's do uh let's do six am 6 a.m.

perfect and if you need to reschedule it you can do that as well so yeah don't worry about that if something comes up and you need to change it okay cool so I just have the invoice now so I'll send it via email and then I'll paste the link into the zoom chat here as well okay and then afterwards Adam what I'll do is I'll send you over the proposal just so you have the kind of full Written breakdown of what you're paying for all of that good stuff um just so you can keep that

on file as well yeah that' be good cuz wife's going to ask 100% yeah yeah good for the records and then hey question for you um Adam why I got you on your tube Paul had said so I get what you guys are posting too I really like Paul's page as well but how he he's posting some like workout stuff as well like a workout with three little things underneath I do Stuff like that but just not like he's doing which I want to get to um is that okay like if I'm posting stuff or

do you guys handle more that you know is it can I mix in what I'm doing with you alls like I said I don't want to mess up your strategy yeah so like it depends on what you have you know ideally we would have a situation where we're kind of posting everything now if that's the case you know you can always just say to us look guys here's a folder I've got maybe it's A couple videos or stuff that I've made and I want you guys to post you can just give them to us and

we'll incorporate that then into the flow of the content okay yeah I mean you guys know how to grow this on Instagram that's why I'm coming to you what Paul said I want you to just take it but anything else I could be doing that won't take me an arm and a leg to do MH for sure for sure yeah so obviously on those coaching calls as well we go into a bit more Detail on that one big growth area right now Adam is Instagram reals not too sure if you've if you've heard of it

yet it's relatively new it's short form videos very similar to the platform Tik Tok and a lot of coaches are jumping on this I'll actually pull up a couple examples of Julian Julian is doing some really good ones on there so we don't do them for him because you know he literally sits down and Records it you know mirror selfie workout video something like that That is a very big growth opportunity so while we're doing our interactions you know maybe getting 300 per month with the reels you'll be able to get extra growth on top

of that and it's extra content for the page so again I'll I'll show you some of Julian's and on the kickoff call we can definitely give you some kind of ideas as well for videos that you could be doing all right yeah that would be awesome yeah yeah for sure for Sure cool so onboarding call is booked in and you can just let me know whenever that payment go goes true yeah let me do that right now no worries all right you should be good now perfect yep that has gone true so we've got the

call booked in we've got the invoice sorted so the only two things left on them are onboarding form which I'll send over and then also I'll send over the proposal for you as well okay perfect perfect right what I'll Also do quickly while we're on is just to show you ones Julian is doing just to give you some info okay and then also you'll send me the schedule what what days and times are the coaching schedules yeah so let me actually just double check that now but I'm pretty sure we have it in about 10

minutes I'm just going to double check the calendar we do indeed so if you're if you're around in 10 minutes Adam we can get you on that coaching call it's every Wednesday at this time and how long is it roughly half an hour they're all recorded as well so if you miss it you can watch it back too okay yeah that'd be awesome at least if I could be yeah email the thing yeah perfect yeah what I'll do is I'll actually send it over to you manually after this as well um it'll just be on

Zoom you can just join in and yeah good way to kick it off I think okay cool cool so just before we go just to show you Julian's ones again you can Just have a look at his page oh they're actually not showing up on my page because I'm logged in on an older account that's funny so if you just come on to his page you'll see there should be reals here right mine isn't showing up he's got some really good ones you know some are getting 20K 30k views very very simple videos obviously like

anything there's no kind of proven strategy it's all about trial and error reels because it's new so I would just Say look at what he's doing see what you can replicate for your Niche and just give it a shot you know try a couple of week and you'll find something that works okay now hey something too will you guys handle like up top with this stuff like the mindset recipes do you make those little things as well we do indeed we do indeed Adam so we can get you a set of those just give us

you know on the onboarding call bring that up with our team let us know which ones you Want maybe it's going to be three four or five let us know we'll get that done for you as well another thing we can do Adam is basically having a a kind of branded background for your Instagram stories so see the way Julian stuff it's very clear it's black and green and that's kind of all of his branding so what we can do is have basically this vertical image with your logo at the bottom with the color scheme

you want and it's a blank image that you can Essentially use for any stories you're doing so let's say you pull up a poll or a Q&A or something on your stories you can just swipe up add the background it's already branded with like your website which your could have a qual to action for your lead magnet everything you want so we can get that done as well again just bring that up on the onboarding call and our team will get a handle for you yeah that'd be great okay cool cool yeah yeah so in

the form you Send me I'll put in there like hey what are colors are black red and silver okay all of that good stuff yeah so you can attach your logo and pretty much anything you have you know if you have lead magnets as well feel free to just put them on there we'll take a look cuz again if we can reference to that in the content we're just going to get more leads so anything you have just shoot it over so like free free yeah we have a four-step body transformation guide we Got a

recipe book we got all that yeah all of that's perfect y okay cool man cool cool all right well look you will see David my business partner on the coaching call in about 10 minutes I'll shoot you over that email in the next two to three and yeah looking forward to working with you all right hey thanks man I really appreciate it no worries Adam we'll talk to you soon have a good one take care bye bye so there you have it closed on the phone $900 per month Minimum 3mon contract not my best call

and there's definitely things I would have done differently if I was to take this call right now knowing what I know now but still we closed the deal so it worked I am just about to head off to the gym and I decided why don't I break down one of the fitness coach clients that I signed for my agency that ended up paying us over $10,000 this client signed up for a minimum of 3 months paying us $900 for Each of those 3 months and as you can see from this screenshot here inside our stripe

account they've actually paid us over $10 ,000 I've just watched through the sales called recording it's roughly 30 minutes long and before you watch that there's a couple things you need to know that are really really important so first I took this sales call myself as of recording this video right now I have a salesperson in my agency that does all the sales calls for the agency and she Has done so for roughly the last year the second thing to note this client was a referral meaning that one of our clients whose name is Julian

basically told a mastermind group that he was a part of how good our service was and this guy John then booked a call with us directly from that the reason that's important is because in a traditional sales call where we booked the call Via cold Outreach okay I find a business reach out to them invite them to a call And they book with us I would be a lot more salesy I would ask more questions and I would get them to do most of the speaking not me as you'll see in this call it's quite

funny to look back on there's a lot of things I would have done differently but you will notice that I talk for the majority of the call in fact I probably talk for at least 2/3 of the call that's not what I want you to do that's typically not what I would do in a sales call but we did have some Communication with John before this call via email so it made sense for me based on what he had told me to spend a lot more time just explaining what we do and presenting our offer

to him rather than asking him the questions that we had already asked him if that makes sense you'll also notice that I was recording this sales call just on zoom and at the time I did all of my sales calls on a standard laptop the audio quality was really bad as you'll hear in the video And the video quality was even worse so I'm not afraid to show you this call even though I've got a terrible camera I've got a terrible mic and that to be honest from my opinion the call wasn't very good I

did a lot of the things that I would not recommend to my students now but it's real it's authentic it worked and we closed the deal so hopefully you get some value from this I'm going to play the clip now just before I do I release multiple of these sales calls to My private coaching students if you have any interest in working with me further I'll leave a link down here in the description you can go ahead and book in a consultation with myself and we can see if what we do might be a good

fit for you anyway back to the video let's get it how are you doing today man I'm doing good I'm doing good looking forward to chatting with you yeah great 100% man cool cool so obviously what we do right is mainly Instagram so maybe Film me in on what you're currently doing you're mainly doing Facebook ads and getting your clients on Facebook right so if you film me in what you're doing there and then we can obviously discuss kind of the plan for Instagram and what that might look like for yourself yeah I've always I've

always had an Instagram connected to my Facebook and I've always had I think it's connected to my business fan page I believe but I think whatever it's posted On there I think automatically posts on there so that's really the extent of what I have done on Instagram now I'm looking since I have since I do PID Facebook ads I'm looking at adding the other facet of the organic yeah course generation side of things through Instagram Facebook YouTube having them all intertwined okay perfect man perfect and yeah okay that's good to hear and then have you

done much on Instagram at all Just kind of posting just generic content or was there any strategy at all yeah well I've got a company that's that does my they do my content posting on my Facebook fan page my business page okay and then it just links to that so we've talked what that strategy looks like and verbage and those types of things that you know who I'm speaking to yeah in that but outside of those things it's going to be pretty blanket generic it doesn't have like pictures of me or Anything like that gotcha

gotcha okay perfect obviously what I can do is I can walk you through say something the clients we work with and kind of show you what that usually looks like um I believe you probably would have seen some of the clients we already work with is that correct yeah I'm so I'm in a mastermind group I'm here um I'm in a mastermind group with Julian and I didn't I didn't know that He just tossed out y''s name is who created his content for his ands it so yeah yeah of course he's he's such a good

example of like what you can do organically you know I think he's still just doing organic you know so Instagram he's got his Facebook group does a little bit on Facebook but I'm pretty sure he hasn't even touched the paid ads yet which is obviously great um so yeah I can definitely walk you through we doing him show you what it looks like um And yeah you're probably is that in Nick's program correct yes gotcha awesome awesome yeah that's always good because we know anybody coming from Ni program is serious they know how to close

they know how to actually get the clients so you know we can come in and maybe get you more followers better content more potential leads you know our job is pretty easy because you're going to do the most important work you know you're actually G to be able to Close those clients which is system in place to accept the leads and we know what to do whenever we get those leads and how to do the reach outs and turn those into you know monetize those things so that part is good but the the content side

of things is not my forte now we have assistance within the group on that type of stuff but yeah posting it every day and multiple you know that's that's takes way too much of my time yeah of course man like how much Time do you spend at the moment doing that so right now I've just kind of worked through and I've started I've optimized my Instagram I've optimized my Facebook I've been optimizing my social media platforms with yeah there you go so with my with my link to pushing into my free group on Facebook and

you know all that of stuff um so that's that's mostly what I've been doing and I've been shoot I spent like 10 hours one day doing that but as Far as content is concerned I'm really I'm not posting anything on Instagram right now so I'm not spending time doing that the company that I have connected to my fan page now on Facebook uh again I'm not used to doing that so on my personal page I'm I'm posting like one main thing on my wall and then a couple of things on my story is what I'm

doing but that you know takes me an hour to do I don't have a very good rhythm with That type of cadence yet of course man yeah that makes complete sense and so like when we work with people like Julian basically what we're doing is we're posting on the feed you know so on the actual page he still does post on his stories right so his kind of what he does is his stories and his comments and his DMS so he's still handling that part of the equation because obviously that's where he does a lot

of the selling that's where he gets a lot of leads Generated as well what we do is we hand all of the content going out because for him you know it's a case of coming up with 30 pieces of content per month you know one post a day then it's also the written piece you know the copy in the caption that goes with that and then we've got to schedule that and actually post that out there as well so for him you know look that saves him a lot of time we're probably looking at about

an hour a day I would say and obviously Okay yes we can save you time but the more important thing is that we can put out really good quality content right so qu quality content is going to make you look authoritative you're going to look like the goto guy in your specific Niche and all of those really key things which are you know a little bit more advaned than just saving you time so if you look at his page here basically we've got a pretty clear structure of the content you can kind of tell it

straight away so We've kind of got three different types of content okay so you know we've got infographics on one side these are these pieces here and these are really just to show people that you know what you're talking about right whether it's Nutrition Fitness mindset accountability it's more of the in-depth topics where we're just going to educate people give them a bunch of information and make them just see us as that go-to person right that's their ideal with them Obviously then we've got the actual content Julian and that's super important for you know the

social proof and the kind of connection the personality with him as a coach and then the last part is kind of just these motivational quotes right so sometimes they motivational sometimes they're just you know H generic but the kind of cadence here is that it's authoritative then we've got the personality and then we've got the motivation as well and It's a nice kind of triage and it works pretty pretty well together obviously as well it looks pretty cool right so when people come on they see it they're like wow it looks clean it looks professional

and it doesn't look messy and at the end of the day you know if someone's going to invest 3 4K which you as a coach you obviously want to look professional you know it is a very key part of the process from your sales process your Outreach but also your page and how you Run your business on the front end as well so there is obviously quite a big factor um you know that would Influence People signing up with you and so as I mentioned you know so we create these okay so he doesn't really

have to do anything with these we send him a bunch of ideas for these so we'll say hey Julian here's 15 ideas for this month he'll look at them he'll take off maybe nine or 10 and we'll go and actually create those bits then so he gets to Approve everything but we actually do the heavy lifting and we resarch the content and send it over to him first then with this stuff obviously he takes that and he gives it to us so he just gives us a Google drive folder at the start of month here

is a mix of 10 photos and 10 videos and then the last part we can actually create these and I'll just show you some other examples of these because we use a very very clean basic one with Julian because That's what he likes some people we work with will actually make them look a bit more in depth so I'll just show you here so this is just an example of what they can look like so we can literally just you know take it and make it look way better right and more professional as well and

these are very easy for us essentially what we do here is you would send us a word doc with like 10 quotes or you could give us five or six and we Can give you a bunch then and we can kind of just go back and forth on the last few and ultimately that's all you got to give us you know you could probably get that done in half an hour or 40 minutes just bang out a lot of the quotes that you have send them over to us we'll design them and get them all

made up like this then yeah I already got like a bank of 400 quotes way there we go man we're sorted for the next two years right um so then you know that's The actual front ofel content and then obviously as I mentioned we obviously write the copy in the captions to go with it that's obviously the second part we've got to write a piece of content that for example is going to relate to what we're posting so if it's the infographic we're going to talk about snacking and how snacking could be the best or

the worst thing but obviously a key here is to try and get the personality across as well because That's what's going to ultimately sell you as a coach and you know sell your coaching service so essentially what we do with that is we would do a short little interview with you just to get kind of like a background on you know your story What You Preach What You Don't Preach so we can kind of create an avatar you know and kind of goto a model for what we're actually going to be putting out there and

what content we're writing for you so in the simplest term Is that's what it all looks like it's 30 pieces of content per month that we're doing you know we're writing it all we're scheduling it all and it doesn't really have to do a whole lot apart from obviously approving some ideas and making sure he's happy with how it all looks now we do also grow his page okay so you know Julian has grown quite a lot over the last few months and for any new coaches starting with us what we essentially do is we

would just get a List of accounts that would have the audience that you want right so you might have you know a list of people that you know have very very similar to clients or customers to you right so it might be another coach or it might be another like it could be a gym or it could be a fitness brand that has a very similar audience and what we can do is we can essentially just engage with their audience on a daily basis where we're sending out maybe you know 50 to 100 interactions per

day and what that does is that obviously gets a lot of attention onto your page you know most of those people are going to check out John's page you're G to see what you're posting and going to have a look and so that's just a very basic strategy we use as well when we're starting off with coaches where we can get on average about 10 followers a day which doesn't sound like that much but when you put it over a month it's around 300 or so in a Month and obviously it builds up right so

when you start getting 1,000 2,000 3,000 followers that number becomes a lot bigger because you've got more social proof and it's a lot easier to build up that momentum once we've got that kind of validity there you know people say hey John's got a cool profile good content but he also has a lot of people following him so he obviously knows what he's doing so the kind of stuff that we provide our clients is That so it's the content posting it out there and then it's actually growing your page as well and so obviously idea

there with the growth is that if we can get 300 people in per month obviously then you've got a pool of people that you can do Outreach too so it just means that we're constantly going to filling that funnel so when you get 300 new followers per month that's 300 new people you can message follow a script with try and get them into your Facebook Group whatever kind of method you use to get to our clients cool man and then we do have other packages as well right so some coaches might start off with us

and they don't want that full package they might just want us to come in and say you know let's create 10 graphics and we'll give them to you when you post them out there or would just grow the page um so that's kind of like our top tier package and what we do with most coaches because They want that hands-off experience like you're saying you don't want to be spending the time and you know your time is better spend on other activities so that's kind of what that looks like it's $900 per month and we

basically work off a three-month minimum with our clients but you can drop down to one of our lower packages during those three months if for example you need to put more marketing budget into Facebook ads or something else in one of those Months so what explain to me what the other what the other drop downs are what not included in those of course man yeah yeah so the drop down then from 900 is basically $600 per month and in that what we do is we grow your page and we do the graphics okay so we

don't do the quotes we don't do all of the captions and posting your content so you know for the sake of $300 you're basically getting us coming in and writing 30 Captions and posting all of the content for you and then the drop down from that one then is 350 per month and that is just us just creating the graphics so you basically got package one is just us doing Graphics package two is us doing Graphics plus that strategy of around 300 followers per month and then the final package the 900 is also doing everything

so Graphics growth 30 captions and pieces of content the quotes and posting and scheduling all The content as well so with the uh that middle tier when do y all post that or do y all just create the content and then I post that is that how that works exactly yeah so in that package we're just creating those 10 Graphics we're giving them to you but you would still after right the copy and the captions and actually post the content out there as well okay awesome man awesome yeah so you Know there's a bunch of

people we've worked with recently actually from Nick program and you know obviously with a lot of people starting off with us the main thing we're kind of you know focusing on is what you what is your Niche right so you know having a look at your page and you know the ads you're doing at the moment do you have like a super clearly defined n or what does that kind of look like at the moment yeah I've just rebranded my online I've I've got a bricking mort I've been doing online coaching for about 18 months

now but I've just now like actually branded it separately than my brick and mor so I do have a very clearly defined person who I'm talking to that we you know I went through a whole process probably took me about three weeks between the logo and and you know finding out why I you know gravitate towards these people why I want to help them and then whole brand around that so yeah got all that Locked down awesome awesome man yeah yeah that's good because some some people stting with us are kind of still in that

phase and they're still figuring all that out so just makes that process a little bit more elongated you know because we're we're trying to create these graphics and the quotes and things but if you're not super clear on what your brand looks like it obviously takes us a bit more time to fully Gras that so that's definitely good to hear and from What I can see from the profile it's busy women and it's mainly fat L and conf yep a perfect and do you have any like specifics in terms of like age groups or is

it purely just femes yeah it's it's typically going to be 35 to 65 plus the you know anything there might be a your oneoff that's kind of under that 35 yeah but because we're going to be doing High ticket it's going to be you know 5K for six months probably not going to have a Disposable income below that Mark exactly yeah it's good to go for the older age groups definitely um and obviously the reason I asked that is because that's something that would influence the content we're creating right so obviously you want to make

sure we're shaping it all very much to that audience and but even in terms of like the graphics we create we want to make sure they actually match that right so with Julians they're a little bit more Hardcore you know he's got like blacks and dark greens and things like that you know a lot of our clients want to go for the more female aesthetic you know even if they are a male because they know that's my audience that's what they're going to resonate with um so that's definely something just Implement into the content so

just show you just some kind of completely different ones to Julian so you're gonna see what that contast looks Like so this is a female coach and she works primarily with females so for her as you can see it's a very very different look right so you know we're using female characters we're using light colors pains and pastels and things like that again obviously we try and match what your branding is as well so match The Branding match the niche and then come up with something that works in there perfect cool I like it hey

I've Got somebody walking up to my door to drop something off I just gotta grabb it real quick no worries man no worries I'll bring you with me though well I guess he's not there bring on the journey yeah I know I I I like the the idea I mean I I definitely need the content created and the growth uh strategy of that I would like to so you said you do everything on about a three month basis minimum basis we do now that only relates to us Creating Graphics okay so for example if you're

come in on the 600 or 900 package it just means that we're doing the minimum package of 350 for the three months the reason that's being is because the captions like writing the captions you know doing the growth those are things that we can pretty much turn on and off quite easily you know we can just do it one month and stop the next whereas the graphics would obviously put a lot of time upfront in terms of Researching The Branding the uh the Avatar the audience so that's kind of where our like upfront time goes

so for that we just have to have that on a three mon basis understood yeah all right let me see here what do I want do I mean obviously I'd like to be hands off but yeah I don't know if I I don't know if I wanted to spend 900 every one of those months to to be 100% hands off with it or if I just want to invest some of the time to you know take creations Of what y'all gotten and and it of course man yeah yeah of course and like to be honest

you know we don't kind of push people into that higher package unless they really want to go for it so you know if you're kind of hesitant I would say let's start with 600 give you the graphics you know we can kind of see pretty quickly how that's going you know we might give you the graphics and then you're you find it overwhelming right you only get a couple of those out in The first months you don't really have the time and it's kind of slipping in that case maybe okay it is a good fit

and we can move on to that higher package and but at least with that look you'll see the follower road coming in you'll see some of those new people and from there you can probably make that decision of hey is this worth it for me to just you spend 300 extra and take you know like I was saying maybe it's 10 hours this a month maybe it's 20 hours Take that back put that time back into the legion and into the sales of the business right uh let's see so you're say that either way you're

averaging 10 per growth per day growth wise about 10 people per day that's it on average yeah so obviously when we're posting all the content we have a lot more control over that so it's a lot easier for us to hit that figure now you know if we're giving you The content like we're giving you the graphics we've obviously got to make sure you're posting it and you're posting other content as well because obviously if we're getting people onto the page and there's nothing going on and there's like one post a week we're not going

to get probably 10 a day it's going to be a slightly lower number and obviously the 10 is very very achievable when we're running the page because we we're posting daily we've got Consistency up there and it's just a very very clear conversion for us got it now uh question do so this the content can I I I assume that since I'm paying for it I'm allowed to repurpose it yes 100% we actually advise our clients look if you can use it on LinkedIn Facebook and any other platform 100% go for it because you're going

to get more value out of our service and it's going to make more sense long term now and because I'm not as familiar I'm doing Everything from my personal Facebook in regards to this new brand yeah and do I need to would I connect my Instagram to that one and does it if you post something on the wall does that post automatically on my Facebook wall as well it should do yeah so we do that with most of our clients it's just connected so the IG whatever we post on there just goes on to the

Facebook Okay obviously that's it's like a two in one it's like hey you know We'll do it on Instagram and boom we can get it on Facebook as well and you know if you're posting then yourself on Facebook well it just means we've got two posts today instead of one so you know we've just doubled up if anything got it or you know I can use them for my stories or whatever I want to do I'm sure exactly yeah does uh had one more question what was it I can't think what it was as far

as the so I know there was you know a lot Of pictures of Julian that you put into the graphics for rec and branding purposes are will y'all give me guidance on what it is that y kind of need from me in order to create that type of stuff because again on the content side of things it's not my orte and I don't like spending time really developing that skill yeah for sure man for sure so the first thing we would usually do is just look at what you currently have right so if you have

a bunch of photos or we can Go on to your Facebook and we can just have a bit of a look through there and see what you've got on there because most of those ones with Julian where we've got him in the graphic most of them weren't taken specifically for the graphic it was simply just we found something and we're like hey we can merge it in here we just Photoshop it in and make it look good so to be honest with those we don't really have to because we can just kind of see what

you Have and plug that into a graphic now obviously if you're a stuck right and at the start of the month you know we need to get the 10 images from you and you have no idea and you don't really have time to find it out we can definitely give you like you know a list of similar posts that we would recommend you take so you know go to your gym take five photos like this take three like this two like this and we're good to go okay cool yeah because i' I've talked to Predominantly

women so I'm probably not going to have as many shirtless pictures in my yeah yeah for sure man yeah okay good let's let's just roll with the your top tier package that way we can get this thing cranking and then we'll we'll reevaluate in three months see what we want to do from there exactly man yeah and as I said you know you are locked in for three months but only just with the graphics so for example look if something comes up in five weeks time And you're like you know what I'm putting an extra

thousand in the Facebook ads it's completely fine we don't take any hard feeling with that so um yeah just so you're aware with that and we also do work basically on the first month off a five-week basis just so we give ourselves basically a full month a full week sorry so that we can get set up so we're basically not going to bill you for that week if that makes sense we give you like an extra kind of Week period where we're just like getting all the things from you we can have a kickoff call

we can just go through the whole process together and then after about a week or so we should be kind of hitting the ground and then after a week and a half we should be full steam ahead you know content going out um assuming we've obviously had our call we've got everything from you and we've got all like the login details and things like that right so just for Clarification the five the minimum five we commitment is in this within this tier that we're talking about and then if I needed to drop down because of

AD spin or whatever you know if I just didn't think that it was you know not to say that it is but you know didn't think investing into it then at that point then I can just go to the PID the the second tier or whatever exactly exactly as long as you give us like a you know heads up of a few days we can just drop That down then and point it out if it's the 600 or maybe it's to 350 50 obviously it's quite rare most of our clients would just stay on the

900 because of Time Savings and things like that but that is exactly how it works yeah well if it gets me 300300 new followers per month that that turns into one sale then I've that's it exactly yeah you paid for three four or five months I'm not gonna put that on y'all so I'm gonna do my work on my end to Make sure that it's worth it so yeah let's just um get fired off with that with the intention of going the full three months that way and then we'll we'll kind of play it by

year as we go perfect man sounds good um I can get the invoice up actually now if you want it'll take me about probably 30 seconds to a minute I can send it over to you and then afterwards I'll send you over an email with like the proposal where you have that written detail of you can Drop down and just all of that so you have an writing in formalities as well and then from there we'll send you a second email which would be like all of the onboarding information right so chance to book in

that first call with our team a chance to upload any like logos or The Branding materials you have and just any other information that we need to get from so I'll just get it take me 30 seconds to a minute and I'll just the link in the chat here in a Second we all have a will there be like kind of that kickoff call availability uh today tomorrow Saturday because I'm I'm gonna be next week's Thanksgiving here assume that y'all not in America yeah so we're basically based out of Ireland most Rance are in the

us but we usually have times on Saturday but I might be able to squeeze you in for something tomorrow so what I'll do is I'll run by the team straight away afterwards and see if we can book it in For Friday if not book in for Saturday and we'll have that booked in but I'll try and get it done tomorrow just because two of the main staff will probably be around perfect yeah that'd be awesome because I know next week we'll as my wedding anniversary and then Thanksgiving I'm like actually not even gonna be here

so I'm not gonna be able to I think our time frames probably won't really match up very well for sure for sure best to just get it going and Then you can enjoy your time off enjoy anniversary and Val in I can answer questions y'all may have in the interim during that time period get all the big technical stuff that you need from me from my time standpoint out of the way yeah we be ready to rock and roll after that next week as far as the posting and content and reach outs and all that

sounds good man sounds good and is there any company you want me to address this to logos and assets and everything that I can send to you and Y can use ja's discretion in regards to that um and I may need some advice on that you know my Instagram is just under you know my handle is business name or anything that yeah yeah we kind of recommend sticking with the personal at the start we have some people who start off with the business page but to be honest we see better results with the personal because

at the end of the day they're buying into you and the company thing is more Of like you know for example you've scaled up your personal and then we can look at the company so that's what we do with julan he's got like 23k followers on his personal and then we've got his second page his business one and we're scaling that one so now it just means he's got like two Legend sources but at the start definitely focus on your one get that going first and then we can move on to the other when it's

all moving pretty well do and do you see did You see anything just from that view that I need to change online I just kind of follow mix steps as far as the optimization of that I'm proba I am going to get a new profile picture made where my op that it cut off on the side yeah yeah so the first thing I noticed was the actual link wasn't in the link section so you put it in the bio so if you just take that link and put it in the website link just means it'll

actually be clickable so if you want the Page at the moment you can't click it you have to like manually copy and paste it in there um so that's the first thing um but it looks decently well but obviously in the kickoff call we can go into that in a bit more detail and just kind of make it stand out a bit so I just sent that over and I also have the link here so I'll just pop it in the chat for you yall get a lot of the same I'm sure yall get a

lot of the same stuff as we Do I don't have my w yeah exactly exactly my car yeah yeah it's at home and I'm I'm not at home yeah yeah and do you actually have a sales team then involved at the moment or what does that look like yeah I I've got um two coaches that do fulfill fulfillment and then I've got one that's uh just a straight up closer she'll she'll do my reach out and my closes and then I also do close calls as well awesome man Awesome got we've got the infrastructure to

to scale up man yeah I love it I love it leads running in 100% yeah should be good there and I've got like I said I'll share all those assets with you did that come through on your end it looks like I've I've got um y logo for my I don't know if we want this and I guess we'll talk about this in the launch call so I'll just save it for them but we've got Like our tribe name like separate tribe name for mine and I've got logos and icons made for all that so

we can I guess talk strategy on how we can incorporate all that stuff into that as well awesome yeah 100% man the more more things like that you have the better and I'm getting a good vibe from you based on the fact that you have the infrastructure you have the people involved so that's really good to hear for us because you know as long as we Can bring you those followers get the content out there and you can inp put on the work you know on your end you know do the reach outs do all

of those things it's always a good scenario because that was the exact same with Julian he was just so ready for it we came in gave him the plug play and then boom we hit the ground running perfect all right man all right cool I got that there so I'll Sho you over the email with the proposal the written stuff for you and yeah we'll try And book in that call so when you see the email definitely book in for Saturday okay and then what I'll do is I'll let the team know that you're going

to be busy so if we can get it in tomorrow that's way way preferred so we'll just shoot you an email if we have a space in for Friday if not we'll do it Saturday anyway and we'll just make sure we have everything we need to get kind of kicked off then all right Adam that sounds great man I'm excited all right Man sounds good looking forward to working with you and have a good evening all right cheers all right see you later man so there you go that is exactly how we closed the deal

you'll notice that John paid the invoice on the call so we locked in the first payment of $900 and as I showed you previously in this screenshot JN went on to spend over 10K with us now John did not stay on that $900 per month package in fact if you look at this screenshot you'll see a Bunch of different payments some where he paid like 1,000 plus and some where he paid 500 a month now I'm going to give you what we call a role play not the kind you're thinking of this is where with

one of my students I'm walking her through how I would handle a call okay so if I remember correctly I am selling her she's the business owner and I'm asking her questions I'm you know navigating her objections and I'm figuring how how I would sell to her the Reason I did this is because the Sho that you're going to see had a problem where now thankfully she's solved this problem now she's doing incredibly well on track for her first 10 10K month quit her job her and her husband work on the business fulltime now it's

amazing but at this specific point she already had maybe one or two clients but was really struggling to close deals she was booking meetings and just meeting after meeting after meeting it's a no need to Think about it now is not the right time so I walked her through a roleplay of how I do things differently so that then she could basically see what she can try out herself and it worked because she took the advice that I gave her and she's doing incredibly well right now so enjoy this one and I recommend you do

this with someone as well John what's up man hope you're doing good really appreciate you having on the call thanks for taking the time how's business been Over the last couple of weeks um it's been okay yeah I mean same as what we've what we've usually been been doing you know busy we on some jobs at the moment sweet sweet what kind of jobs are you taking at the moment John um we've got um some extension some like rear extensions going on at the moment cool nice is that the typical type of job you do

or do you have a couple different Things uh yeah we generally do like extensions Loft conversions um and kind of Renovations sweet nice SE what's the average price on that you know it's not something I've had done in my home so I'm just curious uh upwards of 70,000 nice wow it's more than I expected yeah wow okay cool before we go into any specifics John just to just to let you understand what this call is all About my goal really is just to ask you some more questions like we just did there but ideally we're

going to focus on social media right we had a quick chat on Instagram you mentioned that this is potentially something you need a little bit of help with I'm going to ask you some questions about that and if at the end of the call you think wow that sounds good and you can see the value in what we do of course I can walk you through what that would look like in Your business sound good y sounds good awesome cool so John you said the average ticket price for your service right now is somewhere upwards

of 70,000 that's obviously quite High how are you currently getting those clients just through Word of Mouth at the moment okay and that's just literally you do a job you do it so well somebody literally passes it on to their friend or something right yeah or just Recommendations solid and have you had any word out through social media or literally just strictly in person I so like not tech savvy at all I don't have any kind of clue about how to do that my my wife's been popping a post up now and then and um

yeah yeah that's that's about it really okay cool cool and when your wife started when was that John was that recently or uh I mean she probably started the page in like 2017 and has popped up maybe like eight or nine posts Since then right okay yeah that's not many posts it's only a couple of year right yeah yeah we just we don't really know how how it works to be honest gotcha gotcha and when you when you started right in 2017 why did you actually decide we're going to give this a shot I I

thought it'd just be some good like advertising for the business really cool gotcha John just said of curiosity is anybody in your industry That you've seen on social media like anybody that's pumping out more content than let's say the the seven or eight pieces in the last four or five years is there anybody you know that actually puts out content on social um I mean I know that people are doing it but I it's not really something it's not really a platform that I'm very familiar with makes sense makes sense and you know I think

our goal really here today John is again we want to see If you're a good fit for what we offer but the main thing I need to figure out is if this is something you actually need help with right so you mentioned you're not really Tech Tavy you said your wife put up a few posts totally get that but I guess before we go forward I just want to get clear on the real goal because I know you mentioned it might get you some awareness it might look good you know having a social media page

but do you think social media could Actually grow your business like do you think it's possible to get some of those clients to pay for a renovation from social media um I guess it's just the way that things are going in the world I just feel like I should probably try keep up a little bit with what's going on for sure if you're not in you can't win that's what we like to tell our clients solid okay cool John well you know there are people in your industry Getting really good results and this this mean

is when I'd start to for example what why mentioned this is like a temperature check right because you've John has basically said so far we don't know how it works we tried doing it we don't even know why right not very clear motive so we need to now figure out of okay how do we get him to understand it's actually Valu so that's why I'm asking do you know anybody in your industry do you know anybody that has Done this so this is where you'll probably come in with your clients okay yeah so you might

have heard me speak about this before we call it subtle selling okay so for example you've just told me you haven't seen many people do this you know you should do it so now what I would probably do before I ask too many more questions I probably spend like a minute or so just going over one of your clients so I say something like Co so there actually one of our clients Jimmy that I'd love to show you he has a very similar business to you then just you know explain what he does what kind

of price point explain all the things that are similar so he also does Renovations his ticket price is upwards of 30 40K and I'd love to show you what we've been doing with him on social media not to say hey we're great look at this stuff but to show you that it actually can grow your business that's my main goal just in the next two Minutes does that sound good okay and then I would just screen share show the results you have show all of the impressions as Warren mentioned obviously make sure we get clear

on the concrete data of you got him upwards of 10K Impressions that's 10,000 potential customers and then at that point I would start to ask more of the deep questions such as cool John so I've just shown you how Jimmy got upwards of 10,000 new People to see his stuff on social media do you think you'd be able to get couple of clients from that like do you think it's a possibility that let's say 10,000 people see yourself maybe 200 of them actually decide you know what this guy's got stuff that I like so I'm

going to follow him I'm going to like his content out of those 200 let's just say we message had a quick little chat on social or maybe we even got their phone number what do you think you we'd be Able to get them as a client like do you think you'd be able to sell them and actually sell your service to get them as a client so good yeah and one one thing that I didn't do there Megan that you should definitely do right is instead of saying can we get him as a client or

whatever you want to stroke his ego right because John probably thinks he's really good at sales like any guy that has a business Probably thinks yeah I can sell anybody like get them on the phone that's the only problem they on the phone I can sell so so stroke that right and say cool John so you're probably good at sales if you're selling stuff for 70,000 right you obviously know a thing or two about how to position that and for someone to see value in it if we had 200 people again that liked some of

the stuff we posted on social maybe they even messaged us would you be able to Sell even one or two of them and he'll go probably I would I could sell I could sell 10 of them next month easy you know just get them on the phone and I'll and I'll get them kind of like yeah yeah and at that point you get you think of like where he's come from right he's gone from at the start of the call being unle why he even started social media so now he's seen the proof he's seen

the results and he's just affirmed that he's really good at what He does that he could of course like that's so logical of course he could sign at least one client or two yeah or five or 10 so he's really warm right now and that's when I would go back to the questions and I would start to go more into this part here right which is State their goals and repeat them to them okay so for example cool John so ultimately as we've discovered the ideal scenario for you with social media it's not just to

post right you you don't particularly Want to do that you want to make money from what you're doing you want to get clients you want to get leads you want to get inquiries all right that's where I'm listenting there you want to get this this this this and this then we want to reaffirm that we can do this and go back to your case studies go back to your results being like cool you saw Jimmy you saw Alex you saw the results they got that was true our insert product name insert service name Whatever it

is and then from here this is the way we always did it we would always then go for the hard qualifying questions Okay so we've done a little bit of this already right of we could get you maybe 10K people maybe 200 have conversations and then you could sign a couple of those if we haven't done it in that much detail we'll start to go into like way more detail right such as out of the 200 John if that was 50 people that you were able to get on the phone How many of those you

typically think you'd convert into a customer get the clear numbers okay so let's say John has then said yeah five I could easily get five fantastic John you just said that you could get five right you get five if we do what we do best and we get you the people on social media as long as we can do that you should be able to bring in five new customers from that and as you mentioned your service is upwards of 70k let's just say some of them don't go for the full 70k and they spend

40K average that's still a lot of money right five times 40,000 it's it's a decent chunk of change so John now what I'd love to do is to walk you through our service the pricing how it works and if you'd like to get started does that sound good sounds good oh yeah yeah yeah and then we go right and the reason I do it that way is I've just positioned the Gain which is like 100k plus right that's obviously an extreme example maybe you want to tailor that little bit down a bit and maybe it's

more like he gets one client or two clients in okay more realistic even at that point because of how high ticket his stuff is you can start to play into that right so John you you've told me that you could probably get five let's just say things don't go perfectly right you don't close as many people maybe we don't bring you 10,000 new eyeballs and we get you 7,000 it's still realistic though John right to say over three months if you were to work with us that we'd get at least one of them like that's

realistic right yeah it's realistic cool down the reason I say that is because the price of our program is actually only X so even if we did the worst job possible in three months and we just got one single plan you'd still have 20 extra return and John the Benefit is that we actually do this for you we're not just going to tell you how to do it you just told me earlier not Tech saing you don't want to spend hours soon this will actually do it for you so you don't have to worry about

what to post how to learn how to use it or anything like that what we're going to do is and then insert pitch of we do this we do this we do this and again we want to always bring it to what he wants which is we'll get your phone numbers We'll get your leads we'll get your conversations that's what you do you handle that portion we do to 90% And then from there it's walk to a close so yeah yeah yeah obviously different for every call but again I wanted to show you that because

this is a script that I used to use this is a script that my sales people justed to use and this isn't even the best script I'm sure you can find way more detailed you know Tested scripts that work the key thing is it does a lot of like what we talked about there it did a lot of little things a lot of little things that lead to one really big outcome which is John coming to the end of that call like hell this is a no-brainer like I'd be mad to not try this for

at least three months yeah what's the worst you know what's the worst case here and similar to what Warren mentioned I think a reason that approach Works I didn't talk much about social media right like I didn't go talk about hashtags you know I didn't talk about a lot of things that would just confuse him and that are really irrelevant we really just focused on what does he want why is he doing social here's what we've done with clients here's how our package Works does it make sense and tie it all together you know so

like Warren said like the presentation pitch might be two minutes Because we really don't need to especially with that that type of buyer right like someone who said they're not Tabby you probably doesn't care or know what a Content calendar is what hashtags are exactly so there's no point of us even mentioning them if you're going to mention them mention them in the oh yeah John we're going to do all of it for you you know I could John I could sit here and explain all the things we do for next 50 minutes if you

want but trust me There's a lot in it just to give you a quick overview we do X we do y we do Z we do all these things but don't even go into detail because it'll just bore him right yeah we just going to get to that result and if at the end of that call he doesn't see the value it's probably as we mentioned there's something we didn't ask you know we didn't get clear on how much of client has worked we didn't get clear on how it's actually possible through social media not

a shot in the Dark but out of those 10,000 people how realistic that actually is and that's normally from the calls I used to review for my people that was that was always the thing it was okay the script is there you know it works we didn't close the sky oh yeah the script wasn't followed you skipped four really key questions and yeah you did a good job like the call sounded good but you missed temperature check you missed what his goal actually is you missed what He's tried you've just missed all these things for

that you could feel like it's great call but at the end hey no no money no deal you know yeah I mean great great advice from both you and Warren thank you guys so much and um the fact this is recorded I can then watch it back because you just handled the way that the typical client responds really well so thank you very much so when it comes to actually serving your clients like you know They've paid you now you need to deliver and get them good results I want to show you just like a

brain dump of what I would do with my clients and the strategies and the tactics that really got them results that made them not only enjoy our service enough to pay us but actually refer other clients to us like we had one client in particular refer over 10 businesses to us because he was so damn happy with the service we provided that he was willing to send Literally send our links into groups that he was a part of because he believed in us so much so this is the power of actually understanding how to get

great results with content creation and social media management uh so yeah enjoy this and we'll see you in the next first to show you how we would get results I need to get very clear on the type of clients that we worked with so that you can see how you can apply this to your smma business or your agency so We worked with Fitness clients two specific types number one were Fitness coaches so I'm sure you know who these are think of online personal trainers online coaches is typically these coaches would be selling High ticket

coaching so let's just say $1,000 or more is what you would have to pay them to get their coaching the second type of client we worked with were supplement companies okay so we're just going to call these brands for short but they Typically sold supplements again in the fitnesshealth self-improvement world so those two types of businesses are actually very different okay they're in basically the same industry but as you can imagine how you grow sales and get more customers for a supplement company it's actually quite different to how you would then get results and clients

and sales for a fitness coach and that's why I want to break it down in this video now my goal is that whatever Niche you Are in whatever type of clients you want to attract I want you to be able to take away from this video some of the strategies that I would use that you can then use yourself you might need to tweak them slightly you might be able to copy and paste them directly but you'll be able to get 80% of the knowledge needed to get these done for your clients why because if

you get your clients good results they will stay with you longer and they'll pay you a Ton of money okay so let's start off with Fitness coaches we're going to primarily focus on how we got results for coaches okay so our service was typically the same so for every client that we brought on the service AKA what we did what we delivered was the same but a very very key important thing to note is that the results that each client was buying from us changed okay so think about that we offered the same service but

some clients were buying a Different result okay I'll give you some examples let's say we have John he's a fitness coach he already makes money okay he's doing 20K a month living his dream life for him he may not want us to come in and explode his business his goal might simply be to save more time okay so let's say John is creating all of his social media content on Instagram and Tik Tok and he's even using Facebook that is probably taking him two three four hours a day so John might pay us Literally to

save him time okay let's put a little clock here for time saving okay that's John let's say next client and this was a real client we had Julian he was a guy that came to us where he was making money let's say similar to John 20K plus a month but guess what he wanted more this guy had sights of building a seven fig coaching business which means he would need to make like 80,000 plus per month so for this guy even though we offered the same service The result he was buying was very different his

result was I want you guys to blow up my social media and then bring me more leads and then bring me more clients okay so such a different result yet the same thing right the same offer and the same service that we delivered okay so what would we do for these clients I'm going to focus on Julian um Julian is a real client in my agency there's actually another video that I posted on YouTube you can find it Just type in Fitness coach and you'll find it in my channel basically we added $18,000 in new

Revenue okay so I'll put that here $18,000 in new revenue for him in one month that's pretty mad right1 18,000 in new Revenue in one month his service fee to us was less than $1,000 and if you watch the video you'll find out he referred so many clients to us that we would discount off his entire service fee so he literally paid zero dollar and he was Making back this amount of money so how we did it with Julian let's get into it right now so the first thing that we offered was content okay so

for Julian because he's doing 20K a month okay that's where he was at and he wanted to get to let's just say 80k a month terrible handwriting there to get to 80k a month he needed content that would grow his audience okay so we would primarily focus on video content we would do lifestyle photos that he would Send to us and we would post on his page but we would also focus on infog Graphics okay infographics the three then content pillars that we would use right I'll put them here number one was content that we

were going to post to get views okay so this would be controversial content content that is designed to go viral okay second type of content is content that is going to get leads okay so we typically call this call to action Content right where you are posting a video and at the end of the video it says DM me the the word fit if you want to learn how to lose X number of pounds okay so this would get us the views and the audience and then this would get us the leads now the final

piece is to get sales so how we would get sales is through content that we used to call nurture content okay think of it like this I am a fitness coach I post a video saying here's five myths about fat loss Will that get me a client not necessarily it'll get me views and engagement and people coming to my profile the second type of content I'm going to post is let's say three days later I say oh by the way I'm looking for three people three busy moms that want to lose1 in the next 90

to 120 days if that's you DM me the word fit nurture content is then me posting oh here's a testimonial from Joan who went through my program or here's three things that I Did with my client Jane to help her lose weight right this is the content that will push the person from okay this guy might be able to help me to wow he's got the proof he's got the knowledge he's got the results to to actually help me okay so that's the content we would post now the second thing that we had to do

especially with this guy Julian was to grow his audience okay so how would we grow his audience how would we get new followers and just abundance of new Eyeballs into his page first it is through this right here the content specifically designed for views and for growth and for virality okay now unfortunately there are periods where even when you're posting good content you're not growing okay so for example your page it's just not really reaching your hashtags aren't hitting the algorithm Etc in that case what we would do is we would do shoutouts okay this

is something I've Never really seen people talk about in the agency space but essentially we would buy shoutouts from Fitness pages and we would use pages that we owned ourselves now we were in a very lucky position with my agency where we had spent time building pages and buying Instagram pages so we had half a million followers right we' had 500K across probably like you know 8 to 10 Instagram Pages all in the fitness the health the food space so we could then Just do shoutouts right we would essentially post a post on these pages

and it would say something like Julian is looking for three people that want to do X Y and Z message him the word fit if you want to learn how or Julian is giving away a free macro calculator that you can use to lose weight in the next three months right that's how we would grow his page pretty easy stuff to do but it's knowing how much to pay these Pages where to find them how to set up The whole deal that's what most people get wrong and they try this and it doesn't work for

them okay so that's something we did and we did it incredibly well the last thing is sales right Julian was one of our clients who knew what he was doing okay this guy was good at sales he was a killer he's a really cool dude okay for some of our clients they don't know how to sell so we can get them beautiful content that gets them new eyeballs and great Engagement and then we can shout them out on big pages to get more traffic to their page but if they don't know how to sell guess

what they ain't signing clients right it doesn't matter if you have a million followers if you don't know how to sell you're not going to make that much money you will get some sales just because the sheer volume of people you have but the same guy with a million followers could be making the same amount of money as the guy with 10K Followers the difference is one guy is really good at sales one's good at getting attention but the guy who's good at sales is actually making the same amount of money with literally I don't

know what 1% of the followers so how we would help people would typically be through our Consulting right just literally explaining to them how you need to do this okay so how to set up your calendar so that people can book a free consultation call with you a sales Script we would give our clients a rough sales script to follow so if you get somebody on the phone here's what you got to do here's what you got to walk them through for like 30 to 40 minutes so that they go from kind of interested to

here's my credit card I want to work with you and sign me up to your fitness program so those are the three main things we did to get like insane results for our clients and the beauty of it is that we never had to run any ads okay we Spent no money on Facebook ads and this is kind of insane because the smma space is so dominated by people that run ad agencies and they you know they claim that that's the only way to get results for your clients in my space in the fitness coaching

space primarily it was an injustice if we were to say run ads to a client unless they were making 100K a month and I say that like you know just to let you know like we would literally tell clients if they came to Us and said hey I think I want to run ads we would ask them are you doing 100K a month no don't do ads like you have so much much untapped potential through organic content and growth using our strategies to get to at least 100K months okay so before we go and throw

money at ads get that dialed in okay so we could get such good results literally just through content some shoutouts and a little bit of Consulting okay so our clients would pay us you know on average We had a super low ticket offer at one point where we would just create content and consult with our clients so no shoutouts no growth no posting for our client just like 10 pieces of raw content that they would post themselves plus Consulting we did that for 450 a month but on the upper end we had clients pay up

to 3,000 a month just depending on the scope of the service meaning for one guy we might create 10 pieces of content for another guy might Create 60 or 90 per month so obviously the price is going to change based on that now coming back to eCommerce brands that we worked with okay back up here to the brands and the supplements the approach that we would use to get them results was similar but also different okay for us I'll be honest Fitness coaches like that's our specialty you know that's still to this day like that's

what I know the best if I have a fitness coach friend and they want Advice I know if I give them advice it should work pretty damn well however an e-commerce brand it's going to be similar right the first thing we're going to do is content to get them growth the second is yes we would do shoutouts okay so we would also do shoutouts for brand but the final part was a little bit more tricky the sales okay why because if our client is selling a new Tropic performance-enhancing supplement right We're pretty much relying on

how good their website is and how good their products actually are okay if they've got products and a website like even with the best content and the best grow strategies we're not going to get sales okay an example of this is we could have a client that has a 5% conversion rate on their website meaning that if 100 people people go to the website five people will buy products however we could have another client Selling a very similar product but they might have a 1% conversion rate okay so for us with the same amount of

effort giving them the same amount of growth same amount of traffic they're going to get only 20% of what these guys got these guys get 100% of results these guys get 20% nothing to do with our service right our servic is exact same the difference is the conversion rate so for Brands this is a little bit more difficult but it's still very much Possible you can come in and fix this by doing consulting okay so explaining to your clients this is what you need to change in your website this what you got to tweak because

we need to get your conversion rate to go up look and to go one step further I'm actually going to give you this another brain dump of really if I if you gave me 15 minutes that's all I had and I had a client meeting in the next 15 minutes this is what I would do to build out a you know Pretty damn good marketing strategy for them in 15 minutes for a fitness coach so my goal of this video is that you know how to craft marketing strategies for your clients and even if you

don't have clients now after watching this video you should know what to say to show them that you actually understand how to do this which should make it easier for you to sign clients so this strategy is going to include two social media platforms Instagram and Tik Tok We're going to be using Tik Tok as a primary way to get new attention and to get new followers for this business owner then once we have a decent number of people we're going to introduce our second platform which is Instagram Instagram is going to act again as

another place where people can find us and see our content but primarily we're going to use Instagram as a conversion mechanism AKA we're going to use Instagram to turn the followers into Paying customers this way our strategy will do two very key things one it will save the business owner the time energy and effort of actually creating content posting content and managing social media Pages for themselves secondly it's going to make them more money because we've introduced some conversion mechanisms within this strategy we won't just get them followers we won't just get them cool content

we'll get them paying customers Which is what they want that to me is a very valuable offer especially in this modern era where we're creating content we're managing a social media page but we're getting real results revenue and cash collected into their business so the first thing we're going to focus on with this Fitness coach is is to get them to create short form video content depending on his budget he is either going to film the content himself and send the videos to me and my team for us To edit and then distribute on social

media or if he wants to go above and beyond and has the budget to do so we may hire a local videographer to record the content for him so that it looks cleaner more crisp and everything is better but that's not necessary if we're taking Route One and the fitness coach will record the content himself I'm going to make sure to give him clear directions what to record how to record it what to say in his videos Etc so I Want to make sure that he doesn't just record mediocre boring videos of him rambling I

want the videos to be valuable action-packed and have a potential to go viral an example of this is my personal Tik Tok page we recently hit 250,000 followers and you'll notice some of the videos don't perform meaning that I probably didn't record them that well other videos do and they pop off and get millions of views because they're structured correctly so this Short form content will be posted by our team on his Tik Tok we're going to aim for a minimum of one video a day and ideally up to three videos a day again depending

on his budget but also his willingness to record content we're then going to post one of those videos on Instagram per day we're not going to post all three videos to Instagram each day for the simple reason that from the tests that I've personally done it doesn't work as well with this client We're going to run this frequency of content for a minimum of 90 days and how I would sell that to this clent client is how he sells his clients on Fitness coaching so if this Prospect likes the sound of what I'm telling him

but he does not want to commit to 90 days of doing this in the hopes that it works this is what I would say John totally understand where you're coming from but as you can imagine similar to your business we can't guarantee you a result Within 30 days or 45 days if I said that to you I would probably be lying likewise John with your clients if they come to you and say hey I want to lose £10 in 45 days is you're not going to say yes to them right you're going to explain to

them that we need probably a minimum of 3 months or 90 days to get some reasonable results for you and if you can't commit to that time go somewhere else same thing applies here John if you want guaranteed results in 30 40 days we're not the team that you probably want to work with and you may have to go to someone else who maybe has some questionable practices now inside of these videos we are not going to create the same type of video every day we're going to split the cont content into content pillars if

you're stuck just choose three or four content pillars I'll give you some examples now so content pillar and type number one could be educational content five ways To build muscle three superfoods you've never heard of content pillar number two may be proof testimonials and results so this will be Jon showing off his clients the results they've gotten and also the results he's gotten in his own fitness journey and content pillar number three is going to be personal stories people buy from people so I want to get John's personality and his life across I want people

to know his story so I want him to open up about his struggles how he Got into fitness why he loves changing lives and that's going to give our content a very well-rounded approach meaning some of the content is designed to go viral and some of it is more so designed to convert people to take them from I know who JN is to I'm interested to working with John also inside of these videos we're going to introduce some call to actions for example at the end of the videos typically 10 or 15% of your viewers

will actually make it to The end of the video so we can be a little bit more bold with our marketing and a little bit more salesy so we can drop in lines such as if you want your own customized meal plan message me on Instagram or click the link in my bio because the people who watch to the end are obviously the people most engaged now this is where Instagram really comes into play so we're going to leave Tik Tok as it is posting ideally up to three videos a day across those three content

Pillars we want to make sure that we've set up the Tik Tok profile to push people from Tik Tok to Instagram we're going to link the Instagram page to the Tik Tok page and include those qual to actions in our videos such as message me on Instagram this way we're going to grow the Instagram page from the traffic the easy traffic we're going to get from Tik Tok and we're now going to use Instagram's stories and DM features to convert our new followers into paying Customers so two things we're going to do here we've already

established we're going to post one time per day one of the videos on the Instagram page and we're going to sprinkle in some extra content here and there such as photos of John and some big inspirational stories from him we're then going to post daily stories on the stories we're going to follow a similar breakdown with the content pillars some days it's going to be educational some days it's going to Be a call to action some days it's going to be proof and testimonials and ideally over a 7 to 10 day period people have seen

such a unique side of John they've seen everything they want to know about him to build up that trust we're then going to install an appointment setter into J's Instagram page who's going to be logged in to manage his Instagram DM card conversations the goal here is simple if our content is performing well we will get at least 10 or even 100 new People a day coming to the Instagram page messaging John for advice for tips or for help if we don't have somebody in place that is trained to convert those people from interested to

either booking a call with John or buying something he has to offer we're doing him a disservice and even if John has the time to do this himself each day I want to put somebody in place who's trained to do it who understands how to have real human conversations and take somebody From very skeptical to trusting now the final piece of this puzzle is to make sure that JN has a very good offer and a good sales closing system we've looked at how we're going to create content to get attention we've looked at how we're

going to convert that attention into actual paying customers so the final point is to make sure that we have the thing at the end an offer that people can say yes to so in our first month of working with John as part of our Marketing strategy we're going to have at least one or two consultation calls to break down his offer and to figure out how we can improve it to make it more valuable we're also going to look at his sales process and his Sales Systems to make sure that he is actually going to

get money because if he has a broken sales system all the Tik Tok views in the world are not going to solve his problems I've seen this time and time again in the fitness industry Many coaches when they're starting off they charge really low ticket prices you know they charge somebody $100 a month for Fitness coaching and they don't even enforce 3mon contract on the other hand I've worked with clients that client I mentioned at the start of this video that made 18K in 1 month extra just from our service because he understands how to

make good offers this guy was charging $3,000 for a 3-month fitness coaching program which yes is Technically a lot of money for Fitness coaching but for the type of person he was attracting it wasn't he was working with high-end corporate individuals making multiple six figures per year and he had an amazing sales process in place so that when somebody was actually on the phone with him they had seen so much content from him they' gone through an entire warm-up process and they're almost ready to buy so there you go under 15 minutes and we've just

created A very rough but very effective marketing strategy that we could use for a fitness coach you could use a very very similar strategy for any type of online coach or consultant and if you're working with a product-based business it's going to look very similar except you may not tell people to message you on Instagram and you might just push them directly to your website so I want to give you a kind of sneak peek inside of my business and how I post well over 240 pieces of content each month to my own social media

you know at this point I think we're actually posting closer to a th because we're reposting and redistributing content on many other pages and not just one page on each platform but this video will show you how you can max out the content that you're making for clients so that if you've got a problem of a client that doesn't like to record content or they record content and it's really bad or You know they're just super slow at getting content to you cuz trust me that's really really common this video should hopefully give you some

ideas of how you can maximize the very little content they have and multiply That Into You Know potentially 240 pieces per month I'll show you the processes and the team members that I have in place that make this process easy and effortless that's because attention is the new currency it's why many big Businesses have stopped running paid advertisements or they've dramatically decreased their ad budgets and instead they're investing more in cont content one simple reason because it is the way things work for one simple reason content works when effectively executed one single piece of content

that may cost you $10 to produce can bring you in hundreds of thousands of dollars in new Revenue to get that same revenue from an ad you'll have to spend a lot more trust Me so let me show you a quick breakdown of the content team that I have in place so we have one YouTube video editor responsible for editing these exact videos you see right here shout out to you I have two Tik Tok editors AKA short form content editors and I have one graphic designer editor number one Mr YouTube video editor responsible for

these videos but also for taking engaging Clips out of these videos which are then sent to another editor editor Number two takes the engaging clips from the YouTube videos that editor number one has clipped and creates content from that through adding subtitles animations and sound effects editor number two also creates content like this some of these examples you can see on screen here from my Tik Tok where I have actually purposely recorded those content for Tik Tok so that means I've rotated my phone to Portrait vertical version popped on the ring light and recorded for

30 Seconds to 2 minutes editor number three is responsible for creating lifestyle content so some of these examples you see on screen from my Tik Tok are lifestyle pieces of content you'll notice I'm not speaking to the camera and there's typically a collage of clips of me showing My Lifestyle with some text on the screen these are very simple and easy to make but some of these get an incredible amount of views I've had videos just like these get over one Million views on a single video it's mad and then our graphic designer is in

charge of creating some content for Instagram you'll see some examples here of Graphics we've posted but also for creating YouTube thumbnails so that's the theme here's the process step number one in our process is coming up with ideas generating content ideas some of this I do myself and some of it is done by one of my editors so to create content specifically for short form Tik Tok YouTube and Instagram on a weekly basis I may sit down to record 10 of those videos I will write out a very brief script on my laptop in notion

I'll sit down and record pretty much all of them back to back and that may take me 30 minutes all the way up to 1 hour I then put all of those into a Google Drive send them to that specific editor that's responsible for that content and then he gets it done the lifestyle content such as the examples that you Can see on screen I don't really do anything for these my editor comes up with the ideas executes them and then just sends the videos to me once they've been created to approve them and for

the YouTube videos again it's a hybrid approach where I come up with some ideas and then my editor comes up with some ideas as well so either I'll script out the video or they'll give their two cents as well for YouTube videos I typically record my videos in batches so You'll often see videos of me back to back wearing the same jumper same t-shirt Etc as I'm recording this video right now I have a call in the next 15 minutes with my sales team so I probably will just finish this video leave my camera set

up and then after my call I'll come back and record the extra videos I've got two more to record today so my editor is going to pop up a screenshot of our notion board blur ing out all of our content ideas obviously To show you what our notion board looks like the reason we use notion is that it's just very very easy to use and to track the moving pieces so we know how many ideas we have how many videos are scripted how many are ready to be recorded how many have been recorded how many

then are ready to be posted how many then have been posted and it's all tracked so if I don't know if I posted the video that my editor made 2 weeks ago I can just check the notion board There's no guesswork it's all track another reason we use this exact setup in notion which to be honest you could use in a different software or platform notion is just one I use personally is the fact that we can have different sections and different colums for Content that needs to be approved this means that I need to

look at the content look at it and make sure it fits the criteria and matches our brand so for example for a YouTube video sometimes I'll get a YouTube video back from my editor and there are no revisions meaning I don't want to change anything and it's good to go lot of times I'm picky and I have to change three or four things in the video and my editor has to basically just correct mistakes and then having this as part of our process means that I can give feedback in a way where we know where

the video stands we know if it's done done and we know if it's done but needs to be approved by me so That is the system the process and the team members that I have in place in my business and this is for my personal brand this has nothing to do with the agency that I built however for the agency that I built we primarily delivered content to our clients so this system that you've seen is very similar to the content system we would have used in the agency so the process of you know scripting

things out having different sections for videos that are created Ones that need approval that's the same type of process we used so look mindset is really really important if you approach this business any business with a wrong mindset you're not going to get very far so in this video you're going to basically get my raw real thought on the mindset I think you need to build and really how I built that mindset for myself and how hey if if I never took the time to build that mindset I would definitely not be here today and

you Would not be watching this video so my friends now it is time to look at why we need to build your millionaire mindset before we use any strategies before we use any tactics heck before we actually do any of the quote unquote work we need to look at this first you see I wouldn't become a millionaire if I didn't focus on this first so first let's answer the question what is a mindset a mindset is simply the lens for you see the world this is by far the single most important Thing in business anyone

that tells you it's not important they probably have a really really strong mindset but they don't realize they have a strong mindset and you see that is what's actually accountable for all their results so I've seen people online say hey mindset doesn't matter it doesn't you know it's not something you need to stress about just do the work you see the problem for most people is most people don't have a strong enough mindset to just do the Work right so that person telling you that and I may have even said things like this in the

past unknowingly it's I have a strong mindset so I'm telling you it doesn't even matter because I've forgotten how strong it is all right so look for me to go from zero to seven figures at 25 this literally when I look at everything I've done all of it stems back to focusing and working on my mindset and this is why it's important now look mindset is isn't manifesting a Ferrari in your garage without doing any work right that's BS it's not said in stone you can change your mindset at any moment in your life in

fact I'm currently rereading the book Atomic habits and I have psycho cybernetics up on my shelf there these are two books I highly recommend for you to read these are not only going to help you on this journey but literally in every other Avenue of your life your health relationships family life all of that These two books will give you more of the insights about how you change your mindset and how you change your identity we're going to dive into some of that today but of course I want to get straight into actually building your

business so I can't spend 10 hours just talking on that topic all right this isn't Airy fairy I know when I first heard the term mindset and self-improvement and and all of this I just thought it was BS right I thought It was something that you know was fluff floating through the air you know fairy pixie dust it's not this is concrete stuff that literally works so look this is how your mindset changes your reality let me ask you a question have you ever had a scary nightmare you know the one where you wake up

in the middle of the night you're covered in sweat and your heart is racing maybe somebody breaks into your house maybe there's a monster under your bed maybe it's something far Far worse here's the thing that isn't real let that sink in that is not real your mind does not know the difference between an imagined scenario and reality think about it right the dream isn't real it didn't happen yet your body has had a physical response to the dream you're sweating your heart is racing you're panicked think about that for a second now imagine the

flip side of that imagine if you can create positive physical reactions to get yourself to do More work imagine you can create all these scenarios where you put yourself in a place where it makes sense to do the work it makes sense to just work hard and get the results you actually want you see this is why mindset is so important think of it like this right your mind is powerful enough to take a thought to take a dream to take a belief and turn that into a physical reality right a single thought into a

reality so you can pretty much Change your reality if you change the way you think if we really strip it back the first principles that's what that means you see your beliefs influence your reality and you'll always see the world in the way you're determined to see it okay if you think the world is bad people are evil and there's just so much evil in the world that is probably what you're going to see in all areas of your life if you see the world as hey look there's a little bit of evil yes I'm

not naive I'm aware of this but there's an overwhelmingly amount of good people good intention in the world you'll see things a lot better so I want you to start thinking about how you use this when it comes to what we're going to teach you okay when you start a business when you start to make money online there is a process you have to go through you don't go from zero to one without changing your beliefs without Changing your thinking all right you will need to change these things and I want you to start thinking

about this now all right this is a really simple easy to understand diagram you have beliefs that influences your thoughts that influences your feelings which influences your actions and then influences your results and then it's this one big feedback loop right so it just goes on and on and on you see you need to believe it you need to think it You need to feel it and then you need to act like it if you just try and act like it but you don't believe it you don't think it's true you don't feel like you

can do it there's a crack there's a crack in your armor so example one I believe I can make money online and I believe I can help businesses grow at the same time I think it's 100% possible because I've seen other people do it I feel motivated to do the work towards this goal I take action every day Towards this goal and then I sign my first client for $500 a month after my first month and this cycle then repeats and becomes more powerful okay now think of example two I don't believe I can make

money online I don't believe I can help businesses grow I think it's all smoke and mirrors I don't think any of this actually works I don't think it's possible because I've only seen people do it online nobody in my real life you know if it was so good wouldn't Everybody in my hometown be doing it I don't feel motivated to do the work because it's just not realistic this goal of mine and then I don't take action every day and I don't sign my first client for 500 a month after my first month and guess

what the cycle repeats and becomes more powerful so hopefully you're starting to get the important of this right if you have any of these right now any of these thoughts feelings doubts you need to be Aware of that because if you just continue through this program and say yeah whatever whatever let me just learn the strategies right just give me the tactics Adam tell me what messages to send and I'll get it done you see how there's a crack right you see how there's a a disconnect between the reality you want and the world right

like the dream you're creating right now okay keep that in mind so right now I'm going to show you some ducks all Right I want you to just take a moment look at the Ducks appreciate them don't think too much about it and just enjoy having a look all right so here's duck number one duck number two and duck number three now you may have noticed some of you will some of you wouldn't that is not a duck that is a duck because I told you it's a duck and I showed you other photos of

other Ducks so then you Believed it was a duck again if you really look closely tilt your head a little to the side you'll notice that's a bunny rabbit that's a bunny rabbit that's not a duck so you can see how your mind literally tricks you if I tell you that's a duck and then I show you two ducks you believe the third one is a duck when it is actually very clearly not a duck so think about that in terms of how you will approach this if I show you people that are winning you

you Start to believe you can win you will most likely win whereas if you were to just look at all the negatives and say no this this can't work this is a you know this is a fake Guru scam anything like that well guess what that's probably what result you're going to get okay so you can bend reality and this is the key point we want to get back to you if you've decided to see the world in a certain way you will find whatever you're looking for if you're looking for A duck you'll see

do if you don't believe you can make money you probably won't make money you see you have to make a choice to see the world in a way that serves you because your mindset which you have one right now okay you've had one up until this moment okay all the things you've done in your life leading to this exact moment you have had a mindset at different points in time it has changed many times and it's either serving you or sabotaging you I Have had mindsets in the past that completely sabotaged me I have mindsets

now that serve me but you have those too so look the basis of this video is that mindset is greater it's more powerful it'll have a bigger effect on your results than strategies and tactics now don't worry we are going to teach you the strategies we're going to give you the tactics all right but after working over a thousand business owners right we've literally had over a thousand People we've worked with this is the most important thing I cannot stress this enough you see so many people think they have problems in their businesses what they

actually have are problems in their personal lives showing up in their businesses the reason that is true is because me you everybody else we have an ego whether we think it or not we have an ego right so if I'm to say to you look the problem isn't the strategies or tactics here the problem is the way You're looking at it the problem is the way you're approaching this there's probably something in your personal life throwing off the work you're doing you might you might feel attacked right that's that's me attacking your ego similarly if

you say that to me I might react in the same way but I want you to learn that that's fine all right but you need to be able to drop your ego you need to be able to say you know what these guys might be right because look At the end of the day we have worked with over a thousand people have you worked with over a thousand people and made money online if you have then you probably know better than us or the same as us if you don't we might know a thing or

two more than you okay so look when you're in school this really hit me did they thought about this you're you're thought about how to know things right like you're taught to know things memorize the facts Memorize the rules the laws right just know it you see we want you to understand things this is the difference we want you to adopt a way of thinking rather than just being able to recite things back to us we don't care if you watch the content and don't remember certain specific words at certain specific times right we we

want you to actually learn this we want you to understand this if you understand this you'll have relearning which will bring You Real Results it doesn't matter if you can tell us what we said in video 4.2 we don't care for that you see strategies and tactics are going to change if you become the type of person who can win at anything you set your mind to you will win even when things change you see we want to teach a man to fish or a woman to fish we want to teach you how to think

through these issues right if just give you there's one golden strategy that worked for three Months go use it yes you might make some money for a couple of months what happens when the strategy doesn't work as well because all strategies and tactics don't work as well as they did at some point okay you really need to understand this exact point we're going to give you some more examples to drive this home there's a tale of two sons okay two sons from an alcoholic father right one of his sons grew up to be a miserable

alcoholic right those doesn't Look like the happiest guy the other guy never drank he actually became a millionaire so the question is why did you end up this way both of these guys both of these Sons were asked this exact question guy on the left said I am this way because my dad was an alcoholic guy on the right said I am this way because my dad was an alcoholic isn't that crazy isn't that crazy so the two people started in the same position but they got different Results because the first son decided to blame

his dad you know just blame it all on him and say this is what I'm destined for the second son said hey I'm G to actually use this as a motivator I don't want to be like that all right and you know what in this program it's very similar everybody starts with the same training same coaching everything the same so how do we have different results between different students two examples example one this is someone what I fixed Mindset John so John has had a mindset up until this point he's not open to changing it

and he just says hey give me the strategies give me the tactics tell me what to do so John joined us at zero six months later he's still making zero you see John doesn't believe he doesn't think he doesn't act like this can actually work he doesn't believe he can do this and he thinks the model doesn't work you see John doesn't take any accountability for his actions either he Just blames the model the business the indust it's saturated or us the coaches you see John doesn't actually use the resources in the way they're intended

to be used and that's the result John gets zero You See Kai real example real student very different result Kai has a growth mindset Kai joined us at zero hit 10K per month in six months not 10K 10K per month so in six months he possibly has made I would say 40 to 50K That's a massive difference that's a massive difference one guy made zero one guy has made 40 50k already in six months you see Kai decided he was going to make this work right he didn't just say yeah guys cool tell me what

to do I'll do it no he came in and was like I believe I'm gonna make this work I think I can do this I feel like I can do this and then I'm going to act like I can do this now another thing that's very important Kai Decided he would rather be rich than right so when asked us for advice when he asked us for help he took action on everything we told him even if we said something that some other Guru on YouTube said you shouldn't do right because he decided if I'm investing

with these guys I should just trust their judgment right they've done this with a thousand other people they are the masters of going from X to Z the goal I want to get let me just follow that and This is really really key You See Kai would rather be rich than right and I hope you agree you'd rather be rich than right would you rather prove try and prove us wrong or would you rather come back in six months and say hey guys I'm making 10K a month I know what result I want for you

K didn't blame the model he didn't blame other people he didn't blame the industry he took responsibility he asked questions he used the coaching to its fullest and That's the result he got so my final point to you on this training is doing what got you here isn't going to get you there so you have a mindset right now it's either going to serve you or it's going to hold you back and you see the results you've got in your life so far are the result of your actions and your mindset so unless you've already

built a six figure business unless you're already a millionaire unless you have all the things that you want to get what Got you to here is not going to get you there so you're going to have to develop your mindset on this journey hope you're ready we're going to shift gear and we're going to talk about identity shifting you see for you to become a successful person whatever you define that as that doesn't matter you need to become a new person because whatever You' have done in your life life to get you to this point

right here it's probably not going to get you to Whatever the next point is and this happens at every stage of the journey so I'm going to dive deep on this topic hope you enjoy this one and don't skip this is important so how do you shift your identity to become the successful person becoming the person first this is a concept you're going to hear from me her team we talk about it a lot if I want to make 10 million I need to become the person that makes 10 million right like I can't be

the old person I Can't be the old version of me I have to step into that new person so to make 10K a month you need to become the person that thinks acts and believes as the person that makes 10K a month right so if you tell yourself I want to make 10K a month but you know you're still falling into the same old habits old routines and you know they are keeping you stuck because they've let's be real they've kept you stuck for years up until this point you can't expect Yourself to then level

up and become a six figure earner all right doesn't make sense think of it like this if you put in $10 worth of effort and expect to be making 10K a month that doesn't make sense right that doesn't line up we're putting in the effort here expecting to get this result see this is why this stuff is so important because you can hustle you can you can do all the the strategies and tactics but if you don't have this part Figured the rest May not work for you so if you don't take care of your

health if you neglect responsibilities in your life if you have a really hard time sticking to plans and goals you set out you need to fix these areas in your life to make it in business all right you need to and I don't mean that you need to fix this let's say for three months spend three months fixing it and then start business no you can start business as you do those things don't get it Wrong okay but these are important and I'll just give you a really rough example but let's say right now me

I'm recording these trainings I'm doing doing a lot of them let's just say that at the start of the week I said I'm going to wake up at uh 7 to 8:00 am. every morning okay I'm then going to make sure within the first 30 to 40 minutes that I get a walk in get a little bit of sunlight move my body a little why because I'm going to Be sitting down for hours just recording trainings and then I'm going to start right into the trainings okay so I'm not going to um post uh a

Tik Tok I'm not going to check my Instagram DMS I'm not going to do anything else I'm just going to get straight in to recording the trainings imagine how I'm going to feel if I don't do that so let's just say on Tuesday I wake up and I don't do that I wake up at 10: don't go for my morning walk and I check Tik Tok straight away What is that telling myself that is telling myself that I am out of alignment with the person I said I was going to be to get the results

I want to get to so if I feel out of alignment with that it's going to be very hard for me to get up the next day on Wednesday to do that again right to actually do what I was meant to do and even if you do it that way one day on one day off one day on one day off it's still going to be a struggle for you see what would Be much better for me right is I say okay I'm going to do it Monday and Tuesday then because I know I'm putting

in a ton of effort right maybe I'm going to be a little bit tired the next day so I'm I plan a few hours off on the Wednesday and I'll take that time off completely then I should be fresh to go on Thursday Friday again that's a much more logical better way to do it all right so make sure you're focusing on these things because if you don't again You won't become the person and you don't become the person you won't make the money you want to make so for me personally the biggest driver for

my own success was my identity shift from victim to owner okay victim mindset to owner mindset from the world is out to get me to I'm out to get the world you know what I mean like that's a complete shift and that will change your life in all areas all right so I'm the owner of my life I'm the owner of my choices my Habits my routines my results it's all on me take full responsibility put the blame on yourself take the hard right over the easy left not an easy thing to do it's why

we say taking the hard right over the easy left but you do these things and you be harsh and very real with yourself again it's going to benefit your health your relationships your money everything so we've talked a lot about identity right in this specific video is About shifting your identity now we can't go into the fine fine details we could be here for hours and hours and hours there's a lot more to this stuff but this is just a very brief look at it okay so in this program so far we have looked at

your beliefs and your habits all right let's look at it your beliefs is your conscious or subconscious underlying beliefs how you see the universe ierse how you see yourself in the universe right next up your habits This is what you do every day okay so your beliefs influence your habits and then your habits influence your identity but your identity also influence your habits and your beliefs right it's all Interlink and it's all a circle so your identity is how you see yourself and how other see you and even though this looks at how it's about

others seeing you it's more often about how you think other people see you right right so my identity is largely based on how I think You see me not what you actually think of me because I'm not inside your mind I have no idea what you think of me you might be like Adam is crazy right he's just weird but my perception my identity is what I think you think of me all right so that's powerful why because if you're saying to yourself right now oh you know I'm not really confident I'm I'm not really

the person I know I want to be well you can start to change that right because you can Start to think that other people see you in a different light and the best way for that to happen is to change the things you do physical change action right change the habits change the routines and this starts on a very small level right let's say you live at home with your parents okay this is a great example because I was in this exact scenario if my parents have seen me as their child who sleeps until 10:

a.m. and plays video games all day I have to Shift shift their perception from that to Adam's going to be this successful guy how does that shift it doesn't shift by just telling them hey Mom I'm I'm going to be successful Mom right she'll be like yeah whatever like no chance right that's going to shift by my my actions so let's say for an entire summer I start getting up early and start working out I'm reading I'm meditating I'm doing all these things which are just like physical Representations of me becoming the person so if

I do that for three months at the end of summer they might be be like GE this guy change like our son is completely different and you see this is what you're going to do to yourself you're going to change who you are so that you get the results you want to get you can tell I get excited about this stuff this stuff is really really powerful become a master of one my friend if you're trying to get jacked You're trying to find a long-term partner and build a business at the same time you could

do that I've tried it it's very difficult it's very difficult and I did this on another level where I was trying multiple businesses you know I heard this quote online once millionaires have seven sources of income and I thought I needed seven sources of income that is BS most millionaires have one or two sources of income and then they build out other Streams after that point so just keep this in mind if you become a master of one you're way more likely to get results our Student Success manager did this as well he focused on

his agency got it to 20K a month before he did anything else now fix your inner scars this is something we've touched on already and I've shared with you my personal story and hope that if you're in that scenario you can relate to it and find some help within it you see Before starting a business before becoming a man who had this business what did I have to do I had to fix who I was I had to fix the scars I had to look at the things in my life that weren't aiding me I

had to remove the things that were holding me back and I had to take the time to say hey what am I this way why am I not happy why am I sad all right and you need to do that and again let me stress I don't want you to just dismiss business I want you to do this As you're doing it you can do them hand in hand you don't have to just do this and then do business you can balance it two but just keep in mind as we looked at here if you're

trying to do 10 101 things at once it'll probably become quite difficult so I want you to focus on this my friend long-term impact and long-term results over short term Pleasures this is taking the hard right over the easy left and this all comes down to this my friend the internal Versus external locus of control so everybody has this you either have internal or external internal is you believe you're in control and you take respons responsibility for your actions and your outcomes okay your results external is blaming external forces for their circumstances all right so

who has an external locus of control is way more likely to fail in our program the beauty is that this is something you can change you can have an external locus of Control I definitely had it for some time and I changed it to internal external examples are this if you're finding yourself saying this doesn't work the industry is saturated the business model doesn't work anymore that is external locus of control because how can you say that when there's other people winning every week in the exact business in the exact industry as you think about

it like logically I want to challenge you to think about it why is That the case it's because that person probably has an internal locus of control they've realized okay yeah there are people competing in this space but they're competing in every space like literally every business model out there that are competing in that space they're just more in control so they look further they look what can I do to be different how can I stand out from the crowd they're using that internal locus with Control and this is what I want to leave you

with the 1% better everyday Matrix from Atomic habits a really good book by a guy called James Clea recommend you read it so this is the concept if you can get 1% better every day for a year you'll be 37 times better by the time you're done it's not amazing 37 times better but if you get 1% worse each day for an entire year you'll basically be at zero or if you're at zero you'll be further down than zero right and here's The graph just so you can see it visually so what it shows us

right is that over this span of a year with 1% Improvement or 1% decline there's actually more of a positive effect isn't that crazy so if you just decide to get 1% better every day but your friend decides I don't really care like I'll do all the bad habits and they get 1% worse you'll actually be so far ahead right they'll have dipped down a level and you'll have risen up to a whole other Level think about this take a screenshot of it use it look motivation comes and goes for most people motivation is fickle

it's watching a YouTube video that gets you pumped up and motivated it's not real motivation I want to now break down what I believe real motivation is and how you can build it in your life so that each and every day you actually put in the work because if you want to build a business right you want to make 5 10 15 grand a monthy Month you've got to be relentless you know you've got to just keep going you're going to have points where you want to give up you're going to have points where it

feels like all the work you're doing is just not working out and what separates the people that make this work from the people that don't is how long they're willing to go through it I can't tell you the amount of people that have tried to start a marketing business and if they had just stuck at it for an Extra month or two months they would have made it like they would have gotten their first second third client quit their job spend more time on it make 10K a month and then do what they wanted so

it's really important that you understand how to build this real motivation so stick with me so this is how you build real motivation now there are many types of motivation out there two of the main forms are intrinsic motivation and extrinsic extrinsic right We're not going to spend too much time on this take a screenshot have a look at it basically intrinsic is let's say for example you get enjoyment purpose grow curiosity passion these are all intrinsic they're happening pretty much within right extrinsic is outcome based all right so you sign the client that's extrinsic

extrinsic motivation that's a really hard word to say um you got good results right that's external a thing outside of you so you want to try and Use these two forms okay so I want to get a client that's extrinsic okay amazing yes you need to use that on the other hand you need to start enjoying the process enjoy the fact that you're learning more enjoy the fact that you are progressing okay like you're getting better every day form the two together and you should be able to keep yourself motivated because on certain days you'll

have the extrinsic come in you get a client you get a big win but you can't Rely on that forever because that high will only last you maybe a day or two now next up at types of motivation there are so many types and I'm just giving you these examples so you can look at them but realistically you don't need to know about this stuff okay yes it's cool and you could research it but at the end of the day there's two main things I want to focus on with you there's two forms of motivation

we will use and talk about quite a lot positive and negative Motivation so positive motivation is attaching a positive desired outcome to the work we do for example I want to make 10K a month so I can travel the world quit my job and treat my family to nice things right that is positive motivation AKA saying I'm going to do the work now for the thing that I want to get to all right negative motivation is the opposite it's saying I'm going to attach a negative undesirable outcome to the lack of work we do or

if we don't do The work for example I want to make 10K a month so that I don't have to stay in this job I hate so that I can so that I don't have to be working until I'm 65 and that I'm not actually able to truly live my life okay so you're going to flip that and say I'm going to do the work now so that I'm not in that scenario I've personally found negative motivation to be more impactful in my life so I want you to test the two of these and see

what works for you there Have been times where I've said I want to go from 10K a month to 20K a month right because some cool outcome there have also been many many times and when I was starting this was the most powerful motivator for me where I would tell myself if I don't do the work today I'm going to be in this exact same shitty situation in a year from now and that for me was scarier than the benefit I would get from the getting more getting more money right there's a Concept that as

humans we you know our desire to move away from pain is actually greater than our desire for a gain so if for example if you give me a dollar right and then you take the dollar off me I'm going to be way more annoyed than how happy I would be if I kept the dollar so going from zero to one right might bring me from here to here bringing me from one right and taking my dollar away it won't just bring me back down it'll bring me way Further down okay so this is why negative

motivation works really well have you ever heard of visualization so this is how it works want you to close your eyes take a deep breath now picture a positive scene you want a I don't know a yacht driving a cool car in a place you really love maybe just with your family right picture that positive scene then enjoy it visualize it like really look at it you know what can you smell what Temperature is it what can you feel you know are your feet in the sand are you sitting on a seat like really feel

it out in your mind just think about it think about it now let that sit with yourself for a minute and then I want you to visualize what would happen if you don't do the work needed to get to that point so if you visualize yourself on a beach with your family imagine if you don't do the work so that you do not have the financial Freedom the time Freedom or the location freedom to do that with them how would you then feel how would you then feel in 10 years in 20 years if you

didn't do the work and you didn't get the result now feel that that will probably hit you deeper right you feel the disappointment you might feel the regret you might feel just this sense of pain this is powerful stuff and I want you to do this there's an extreme example I heard from some guy on a podcast before He mentioned that he would visualize his debt every morning not saying you should do this I think that's quite extreme but think about it if you can visualize what it is like to die you will probably approach

that day with a lot of gratitude a lot of positivity and a lot of joy for actually being alive which if you're joyful for actually being alive you're probably more likely to do hard things because you see the joy in it you see the good in it and it's so much Better than just not being here so use this I personally use it I think it works a lot really helps me out now fear love scarcity and abundance couple of Concepts I want to run you through so let's look at fear and love some people

believe that you act either from a place of fear or love and there's this quote I just Googled it right because you can see people talk about this stuff all the time before you act ask yourself am I acting out of love or fear so when you Do your work each day you're working out of fear or love now here's where my opinion changes from a lot of the mainstream I do think you can act out of fear and get amazing results a lot of my work when I first started was out of fear It

Was Fear of a 9-to-5 fear of being stuck in a life that I really hated and I use that fear so you can can use it in a positive way now acting out of love all right I want to give you an example so let's say You have a client and they pay you $500 a month for X service and you know that you could sell them another service right for an extra 300 a month but you know they don't need it you know they wouldn't actually benefit they wouldn't get results you know that is

not really you acting out of love right that's more you acting out of fear because you just want to get the extra extra money right whereas if you could see that in a different way Imagine you were selling them something for a thousand extra so way more money but you knew they'd actually get the benefit like they would actually benefit from it and it was really worth that that's acting out of love right and that will push you very far and when you make business decisions out of that place good things happen now second to

that you can act out of scarcity or abundance all right so scarcity mindset another example that I got from Google Because there's just so many out there is this there's limited opportunities for everyone all right so you're in this industry you're thinking ah it's so saturated like so many of us are trying to do this there's only a couple of clients in the world this will never work in reality there's like a 100,000 new businesses started every single day so logically your claim is false abundance mindset is the world is full of opportunities there's 100,000

new Businesses a day this work for me and a thousand other people no problem heck it could work for me and 10,000 people no problem for 20,000 people no problem you just need a couple of clients you need a couple of clients to replace your income in many cases to get to 10K a month you might need five or 10 clients do you think you could find five or 10 clients when there's a 100,000 new businesses every day started Millions a year of course you can of course you can that's The abundance mindset when you

act from that place beautiful things happen this is not the masturbation you've probably heard of this is mental masturbation a probably worse kind not that masturbation is bad if you want to do that as none of my bees waxs mental masturbation is the act of you pretending that you're being productive pretending that you're making moves when realistically you're making yourself feel busy it feels good you feel Productive but you're not moving closer to your goal it's really important that you understand what this is so you can avoid it and actually get on track a term

you're going to hear me and the team use very very often is mental masturbation let me explain what this is and why this is important so mental masturbation is when you do things to feel productive right as a business owner you don't need to just do things that make you feel productive if you do That you won't get very far you need to learn how to learn how to focus on the essential tasks at hand aka the tasks that will actually make you money there's tons of terms for these tasks I'll give you a couple

in case you hear us use them or somebody else Revenue generating activities so orgas Revenue generating activities and there's like nine to 10 other variations you could use basically these are the activities that push your business forward let me Give you a really really quick example let's say you and I both work for 10 hours a day but the 10 hours that I work a day I spend two hours just checking emails you know just responding to a couple emails check if there's anything in my spam right nothing too crazy then spend another two hours

doing Outreach okay sending messages to business owners that I really want to work with very good now another two hours that I'm going to spend is just watching more Content right because at this point for me I feel maybe I need to learn some more right maybe I don't know all the answers and then for the last couple of errors that I have in that day I just respond back to any Outreach I did and that's about it now on the other hand you work 10 hours a day and you put nearly all of that

time into Outreach literally you don't feel like you need to learn more you just take action on Outreach you don't feel like You need to check your emails every 10 minutes you do more average right you and I have spent our 10 hours completely differently who will get more results faster you will because you focus on Revenue generating activities all right so when you're doing work I want you to constantly assess yourself ask yourself right am I doing this because this is productive because I feel like I need more information or is this actually going

to get me results All right so why do we mentally masturbate these three key main reasons that we've found one it's very clear you get a dopamine hit for feeling productive all right and this is why it's so easy to do mental masturbation right because you check your emails and let's say you feel like you're being productive you're th taking something off your list you feel amazing you get that dopamine hit so that's why you'll do that the second reason is you might Be afraid of starting okay there's an example of a student I won't

say his name but he spent around two months mentally masturbating on the packages that he was going to offer to business owners the pricing that he would charge we're going to touch more on this in in a lot of detail of how to actually do this properly but think of that two months was spent doing little bits and pieces here and there but constantly tweaking his packages and his pricing he Didn't sign any clients in that time in fact he didn't even take any calls meaning he didn't actually have the opportunity to present his packages

and when we really broke it down with him he was afraid of starting he had all the information he was just afraid of doing the actual thing that would get him results and finally look you might not know exactly what moves your business forward and you might be confused on what you need to do so hopefully that Example I've given you gives you a clearer indicator right I'll give you another example so I remember when I was building my agency there was a point where I had built out a case study and what we were

doing was pretty simple we would find business owners on Instagram primarily we would send them a quick message we would ask them if we could send them a free case study we would then send them the free case study and then that would trigger some email Automation that would send to them as well all right so it was this semic complicated flow that took me I would estimate 8 to 10 hours to build out of deep focused work all right so that was not mentally masturbating because it was something that would move my business forward

now after that point I remember I used to keep coming back to the free case study I used to keep like changing a tiny detail or I would tweak one of the slides to look a little bit better That was probably an example of mental masturbation right because I had done the main work it was probably going to get us results whether you know whether there was 11 slides in the presentation or 10 all right you know there wasn't going to be a massive difference so that's an example of a small thing but you know

you need to be aware of this and I'm trying to be aware of this in my everyday life anytime I slip into mental masturbation I have to be aware of it And then I can take action take corrective action to get back on track to the revenue generating activities okay right now as I record this video we have students in the range of 5K plus per month all way to 30k per month I myself have gone much you know much further beyond that but we're experts at that specific range that's what we really specialize in

so if you're watching somebody that has you know a 10 million net worth a hundred million net Worth look it's probably motivational it's probably inspirational but you're probably not going to learn exactly how to get to your first 5k or your first 10K they're just at a a different stage in the journey so at this case comes down to one key question how do you learn all right this is really important there two concepts we want to convey just in time and just in case all right so just in time is this you're consuming information

as it's helpful for example You're struggling with sales so you're consuming a sales training as we looked at you go to YouTube you type in sales tips and you watch a video that's just in time just in case it's consuming information because it feels productive you're thinking what if I need this information one day right think about it you've done that before haven't you I have done this before where I've gone to YouTube and I've clicked on a video that found me on my homepage and I clicked on It because I said just in case

right it's a video about how to hire 20 sales people and build out a sales team I don't need 20 sales people yet I watched the video I'm like oh maybe maybe just in case all right doesn't doesn't actually make that much sense when we when we think about it right so look we want you to solve problems as they arise think short term because realistically you don't have enough information context to make a long-term Plan right some people will say hey you need to have a fiveyear plan you can have a five-year plan but

the way the world changes so fast it's sometimes futile times where I've had no plan and that is when things have worked best because I'm agile I can adapt Etc if you're thinking okay this is exactly how my business is going to look like for the next five years that's really good as a road map but realistically so many things are going to change for example If two years ago you said I was you know I'm going to do my business in this specific way but you didn't think of the fact that AI was going

to become very mainstream well then yeah maybe your whole business plan would have failed okay so I would recommend you actually think shortterm with this now three things that hold entrepreneurs back these are the three things when we boil it all down to anyone in our program who has struggled who didn't get started who Didn't get results it comes down to these three things so look number one is information now you get a pass on this because you have the information right this is just some people don't have the information and that's where they struggle

you do not have that you trust me again there'll be times where you feel like you need more information you'll feel like just in case I'll go watch some more you have everything you need you have more than enough more than Enough okay execution you're not doing enough or you're not doing enough for long enough all right if you're mentally masturbating the solution is to cut the cheap dopamine out and commit to working on what you know you need to do this is very common it's too common that I actually really hate the fact that

it's too common all right too many people have the information they just don't execute and why is that well it's number three it's character mindset we've Talked a lot about this already and this is why because if you have the information but you don't execute why is that all right it's your mindset it's your character it's how you view yourself so my friend I'm going to do a quick recap of the personal road map I followed like like step by step exactly what I did to go from zero to my first 10K per month so

the first thing I did was I picked a service and I got a rough idea of a niche so I chose social media Management content creation posting to social media scheduling daily stories all that good stuff and I didn't have a set price I was going to do custom packages and I was open to going high and charging lots of money and I was open to going low and charging low amounts of money right I I just wanted to get started and that's exactly what I did with that I used connections I already had I

talked about this of How I Met A met a client that I had done a Little bit of work for as a freelancer and I met them at an event and then we struck up a conversation and then we had a meeting and then boom they became a client and two other businesses that one of the partners was involved in became our client number two and client number three all right this is what I started off with now is this how you're going to start off probably not but at least you know my story you

need to get out of your comfort zone I've given you this Story again so I don't need to bore you with it all right this whole journey is about stepping outside of your comfort zone whether it's picking up the phone to do cold calls whether it's booking an event to go a network with business owners whether it's just simply sending messages on Instagram or applying to jobs on upwork you have to get out of your comfort zone that's what I did and imagine I didn't if I didn't again I would not be here and you

wouldn't be Watching this right now I did Outreach I did a whole lot of it so I've talked about how I did voice messaging because not a lot of people really talked about it and I thought look this is unique it's also going to help me close deals better because I'm going to be able to build trust over the voice note and I spent hours a day doing this like any free time I had was put back into to this because I understood that the only way I will get meetings the only way I Will

turn meetings into clients is by getting in touch with as many people as I can that is the secret source and that's what I did so I put all the waking time that I had all the waking erors into this thing so the goto 10K a month our team was very simple it was me my business partner and we had one or two graphic designers we definitely had one I don't know if our second graphic designer came with us after 10K a month but it was around that point and then we Started to look for

virtual assistance and a client manager so it's a very lean operation like you're talking me and one two three other people very very small very high profit margin very low cost like really good setup but then to go from that 10K a month Mark to 50K a months like obviously we had to change things we had to hire a lot more people build a lot more systems have a lot more structure so that's that's when we started to look at these higher level Positions like a client manager but truly you don't need that to get

to 10K per month like this journey is a different Journey you know 50k a month or business was pretty much automated and delegated 95% at least I would spend 30 minutes a day just checking in with the team that was lit L it you know I had a sales rep I had virtual assistants graphic designers video editors client managers even a senior client manager that would manage the other client Managers and you might even be thinking like Adam what are these words client managers senior client managers that's all they are they're just they're words for

job titles that you don't even need to know right now right like if you're at 10K a month fair enough it's worth looking into these and understanding who they are what they do how much you'd pay them what are their responsibilities if you're not don't worry don't worry keep it simple all right lower margin so 90% That's kind of the margin we were hitting in those first few months because it was lean I was working a lot more you know to go to 50K a month with things being like really hands off you got to

sacrifice some money so our margin was a lot lower but we had time Freedom meaning that I could literally work 30 minutes a day and that's why I put so much time into my personal brand and building that up and posting content because well I've got this business That's in a sweet spot where to be honest if we just keep scaling it the margin is just going to go down and down so like kind of makes sense to just keep it where it's at it's in a really good position and then build a second business

just on the back of that and that's what I did now if I was starting over again from scratch Tomorrow there's one type of smma I would personally pursue and I'm going to roll a video of you of me explaining to you what that Smma is how it's different and how you can do the same and so this video is going to be probably controversial most people in the smma space would probably disagree with me but to be honest I think they're all wrong and I think this is the reason why so many people right

now are saying smma doesn't work whereas in reality the way they did it didn't work in this case we're not going to hate the game we're going to hate the player because the game still Works so let's do it this is the only SM I would start I would start a low ticket 90% automated agency I wouldn't charge my clients 2 3 4,000 per month in fact I would start off my packages at 3 four 500 a month low ticket I also want my price to be low enough so that clients pay me every single

month indefinitely without blinking an eye I don't want my client to come to the end of the month and think hm should I renew because your Client is going to do that if they're paying you 1,000 2,000 3,000 a month that is categorically more money and when something costs you more money you think about it more in my agency our retention rate was really good cuz we literally had clients that would just pay month after month after month because the convenience we offered time we saved them the effort the hassle we got rid of for

the money they paid us was a no brainer so even if we didn't Make them 10 20K extra that month in Revenue they didn't care we saved them tons of time and four five 600 a month was nothing to them that's number one number two I would focus on scaling the agency horizontally rather than vertically look I see lots of guys that get to 20 30k a month but they only have 10 clients that might sound good right each client pays you more money you have less clients to deal with you know less stress it's

typically BS well if you Have 10 clients paying you 3,000 a month let's just say you have a bad month yeah not good results Your Service delivery kind of sucked chances are you're not going to keep 10 clients chances are at least two will cancel you've just lost 6K and because your price is so high getting two new clients to replace them is not easy so let's say you're making 30k a month but you've got 60 clients each client paying 500 a month well if you lose two clients heck you lose three Clients you lost

1,000 1,500 a month not that big of a difference you see scaling horizontally will give you so much more predictability and one thing everybody loves is predictable Revenue I have seen guys with 30k a month agencies with 10 clients literally lose 30 40% of their revenue in a single month why because your clients are paying you three grand a month so if you just have a bad month which happens people will cancel because 3K a month is a big investment however Let's say you have a bad month you got your 60 clients paying 500 a

month each even if three cancel not a big deal but would three cancel because if they're only paying 500 a month one bad month might not be worth canceling if you just save them a lot of time in that month a lot of effort and it was a convenient venience offer they're probably not going to cancel number three I would have an automated onboarding process forget about having multiple calls with The client when they get on board and figuring everything out manually on a call no everything is going to be automated you can opt to

have an onboarding call that's no problem but they only have the call when they've done everything else when they sign up with you you'll automatically send them invoice contract Google form to get all the information you need login details for any accounts you need all done all automated they got to give you Everything before everything starts number four is the sales process my offer will be low ticket let's say 500 a month but it would offer them a 3-month deal where they can pay Upfront for 3 months and get a 10 to 15% discount all

clients would have to commit to a 3mon minimum even if they're paying monthly which again is way easier to sell if they're paying 500 a month that's 1,500 over 3 months or if they pay in full maybe 1,200 versus if you're charging 3K A month to get somebody locked in for 9,000 over 3 months that's a massive commitment and for your sales process you could even make this part automated not recommending you do this but out of the 355 clients I had in my agency about 50 of those signed up without any sales call which

again doing that for a 3K a month package would be near impossible you see we had a website we had a funnel we had a value stack we pretty much took what everybody does in the info product Core space and did that for the agency model so that we literally had this vssl which explained everything we do showed all the examples of what we do all the benefits super short 5 minutes and we had client results testimonials and our value stack literally showing here's exactly what you get in your monthly package here's a total value

total value is maybe2 ,000 a month if you get it all together today with us you can get it for a onetime payment and save 10 to 15% For 3 months up front or you just pay a very low monthly fee of$ 450 500 a month so theoretically you could do that you could take no sales calls you could have your client sign up directly via your website your onboarding process is automated it's almost like a conveyor belt they come in they pay for 500 a month let's say they get 15 pieces of content for

their social media maybe you don't even manage their social media maybe you just teach them how to do it And this is point number three the offer my offer would be a hybrid it's a hybrid between agency and Consulting done for you and done with you this is the exact offer I offered in my agency we offered it for $450 a month or $1,215 if you paid Upfront for 3 months and you would get 10 pieces of content created by us for your social media access to an Instagram growth course access to weekly live coaching

calls access to onetoone support with our Experts which could be you content planner templates caption templates hashtag templates literally everything they would need to learn how to manage the social media themselves to do it themselves but all relying on one key thing which is our content the thing they couldn't do or didn't know how to do and then after check out we would hit them with an upsell and our upsell would be hey if you want to add five extra pieces of content you can do so for $175 which was another discount a lot of

people took that upsell so that's exactly how I would structure my offer how would I get clients I would do a few things but the key here is that you don't need to do all these things you see the first thing I would do is I would build a personal brand now this this is not necessary people will tell you that you need a personal brand you don't most people in my program making 20 15 10K a month don't have personal Brands some do but most don't but I would build a personal brand all around

what I do and this would be a long-term play this isn't going to blow up in 1 month it might bring me clients for 2 months but eventually it will start to bring me clients the second way I would get clients is upor believe it or not this is an incredible platform for getting clients we've had students get to 10K a month literally with just upwork and because my offer is low Ticket I know this works incredibly well on upward and number three would be cold Outreach as much as people on YouTube are going to

tell you that cold Outreach doesn't work again out of all the students we have making 10K a month right now a lot of them are doing cold Outreach and I would do this with an appointment center I would do it myself just to test things out and get a rough script a rough message template it's going to work and book me some calls and As soon as I have that proof I'm going to scale that bad boy up you know in my agency we were sending 500 cold messages a day across 10 Instagram accounts and

that's how we scaled to having weeks where on an average week we'd bring anywhere from 3 to eight clients in every single week how would I set all of this up well for my sales funnel I would either use clickfunnels or go high level go high level makes way more sense because it's got other agency tools you Can use to run your agency that would handle my sales process my checkout process for getting my client set up for communication I would use slack you could use WhatsApp it really doesn't matter don't overthink this we got

to make sure they do have a platform to communicate with us if you don't you're going to run into some issues don't do it over email those are probably the only few things I would start with I would add more tools as I make more Money but my goal here is to make a lot of money have a really high profit mergence and make it as automated as scalable as possible just remember smma still works and it will still work because people are making it work literally today but the people that don't make it work

will make excuses so my friend my goal with this free course was to give you the direction and the clarity that you need to start your own social media marketing business to Hopefully get to 5 or 10K per month now you've probably noticed throughout this this series I've I've added a lot of times in the video where I mentioned my students or you would have seen a sales call review that I reviewed for one of my students students or a sales roleplay right these are all things that I do with my students on live calls

all of the time now my purpose of this was not to just sell you on my mentorship program you don't have to join it but I Know some of you that have watched this will have gotten a lot of value would have thought wow I think Adam knows more that I could learn from or the way in which he would coach me and Mentor me live on calls would really help me to keep me accountable keep me on track and to give me more because this is just a free course I don't believe that a

course is going to solve all your life's problems and that's why I don't sell a course I started my personal brand back In 2020 and when I first started it I first thought oh yeah maybe I'll sell a course and as I started putting out more content and I did a little bit of onetoone mentoring with a couple of people beforehand just to kind of test and see if I enjoyed the process and I realized that oh like people are not going to just go through a course and everything changes you see for most people

once they know what to do their problem is doing the the work staying Consistent and having the accountability to continually show up it's why we do live calls and live check-ins with students it's why they get onetoone calls when they join it's why we have a community where we host extra life trainings with students that are you know excelling in certain fields and we bring them in to give like talks and basically be a guest in our community the reason we do those things is because they get people results I would make a Lot more

money if I just sold you know a course it would be really easy build it once sell it a million times if you want charge whatever amount of money and I don't have to deal with anybody but I knew deep in my heart that that would be me selling out and that would not be what people would actually get the most results from and that's truly what I want because if you get results it will make me feel more proud about my work which means I'll work more and probably Make more money you know so

that's how it works so if you decided yeah cool Adam don't care never going to join a program fair enough I hope you've enjoyed the free course and hopefully you've learned some things from this and you've gotten a little bit more of a clear Insight on my way of running this type of business that allowed me to get to the seven figure Mark now if you do want to hear me out I'm going to give you a little walk through of really how I built our program why it gets results and and really how we

can guarantee results for our students as well okay so at this point since I started that marketing business in 2019 I've generated well over $2 million in Revenue online and now like my my main focus every day is I'm helping the person I used to be and we are best suited to help the person that we used to be you know I get to help the person that is stuck does not know how to do This can't keep consistent doesn't have the support system their friends don't believe in them their family don't believe in them

they want to move they want to live in Dubai or you know somewhere nice and have the freedom like that's the person I get to help because I've become that person and that to me is it's it's fulfilling right it's the person who wants more from life the person who wants to experience time Freedom location Freedom true Financial Freedom and and the person that knows like truly you watching this you know there's a different path you've seen the proof from me and others you know it can bring you so much joy but there's just something

holding you back from getting there now if you're going to do well in this space what you need to believe there's three core beliefs you need to First understand that this opportunity exists right if you don't believe that this opportunity exists right now you're Not going to begin the journey you're just not you'll watch another video after this you've also got to believe that you are going to and you must find the opportunity because if you don't feel committed to finding this like truly committing you're not going to like you'll just move on and you'll

say yeah cool that's a thing but it's not for me and you have to believe it's worth it because if you don't think that the value that you're going to get back From you dedicating to this are is not going to be worth it then you're not going to pursue it so if you've decided that that's fair enough when I started I had to believe these three things because I knew I knew in my core if I go through the pain of figuring this thing out investing in myself time money energy it'll be worth it

and it has been and it's probably very clear that it's been worth it and I know this will be the case for you if you decide to Actually action this full so when it comes to results people I've worked with I could show you results all day like genuinely we could make 10hour video walking through case study by study by student who was 17 who made 10K a month versus the person who was married with two kids and quit their job like we've helped everyone out there like all different nationalities non-english speakers people in lower

inome countries people that are young old like it yeah It doesn't matter all right so I can show you results like this all day I'm not going to if you want more information on that you'll be able to find it and I can show you all of that in detail okay so as mentioned I decided I wouldn't offer a basic course you know a series of howto videos and slap a $2 $300 on it and just sell as many as I wanted we cover everything you're going to need between the mindset the accountability the networking

the Self-improvement all the things that integrate into you becoming the successful business owner social media marketing appointment setting sales closing personal branding you know and I've done these for two different businesses so you you know that what I'm going to be giving you is is really stuff that even if you just use it to get to 5K a month with social media marketing and then you decide yeah cool I'm going to do something else that you Can transfer these skills over cuz that's exactly what I've done myself and look the reason most courses suck is

is this it's basic information in videos you know yes you might have got value and it's it's enough to give you some Direction but you have doubts you have questions you're human right so you go through the process and you're like yeah but I don't quite understand this part or you know for example you don't have somebody checking in with you to see if You actually did the things and then that leads you to a place where you have nobody to help you you're going to lose motivation then you're going to stop trying and you're

just you're going to fail and I don't want you to fail for me deciding I'm not going to sell a course and I'm going to do this differently this is what I decided the first thing is we set up all of our students with a onetoone onboarding call when they join so this is to make sure like our our Road map is to ideally get you to about 1.5 to 5K per month in the first 90 days we know that that is very possible we've had students surpass that like twofold three-fold and really scale past

that but we know for the average person coming in this is the realistic Benchmark so we're going to set you up at a on one call to figure out where you're at now where you want to be and make sure that you have a crystal clear plan not a hey just you know do Outreach And come back to me no like we'll give you a personalized onetoone plan based on where you're at right now we're then going to implement daily onetoone support where you're going to be in a private group inside of telegram with me

our Student Success manager and yourself so every day you can ask us questions you can send us voice notes you can send us your Outreach messages and have us critique it whatever you want we are there to serve take a screenshot she Basically just was overwhelmed by how much effort we actually put into the coaching you know like really we put a lot in so next up we decided that it's also going to be useful for you to be in a community so you're in a group with you know typically just a couple hundred other

people people that are actually doing this motivated you know people that are already making 30k a month and those that are just starting with you so you're going to be in that Community Meaning that you can reach out to to each other um like we have a student right now as I'm recording this uh he's organizing a Meetup in Ireland for members like you know it's free they can all come it's a dinner like that's the type of community you're going to join into where you can learn from the people ahead of you and they're

willing to help you out because they've also been in that position as well so you get access to that you're going to get access to Weekly live coaching calls multiple of these every single week where we're going to be bringing on guest speakers we're going to be interviewing successful students and you can ask them all the questions you want and we'll also just do General Q&A and check-ins to make sure that you're doing what you need to do you're staying on track and most importantly you're getting results now on top of that there's a lot

of systems and templates and contracts that As you can imagine building my smma to seven figures there's a lot like there's a lot there's a big old Google drive folder of things that I built out processes for hiring automated processes like everything you can think of we have it all and we give it to our students because if those are the things that helped me build mine I'm going to give them to you and I don't share these publicly because you can imagine if I give out my exact Outreach script and Processes to thousands of

people online yeah it probably wouldn't work very well when I safeguard that and keep it for a handful of people it works a whole lot better same with the templates the contract and everything else that we give so I'm really confident in what we do so much that we guarantee results we give you all the information we give you a full a toz course way more in depth than what you've seen here to today we also give you again the copy and paste Templates contracts all of that everything you're going to need so it's basically

business in a box type of deal all the coaching all the support all the mentoring so that you can make tens of thousands a month like that is our ultimate goal if you'd like to work with me I'm going to give you the info now I have a program this is the name it's called the six figure accelerator program that's a brief look at what's included that we often add extras on top So this is like the you know the most basic of what we offer what we're offer at often adding things on top of

that as well uh based on different you know promotions we might do just to kind of compare how our program is different in my opinion is you get a onet to one onboarding call most programs and courses you don't you get lots of onetoone contact with me the founder most you'll you'll never hear from them ever um and you know look at makes sense Some of the guys selling courses and programs are like really popular as in they've millions of followers so yeah of course they they can't for us and for me that's really important

so you'll get contact with me small private Community again we keep that really tight knit because we don't want thousands of people in our community because if we have th if we even have a thousand people in our community the engagement will go down and it will turn into a Place where people don't want to engage and it's too big and scary we keep it really really tight knit and make sure the people that are in there are actually active and willing to help you out and we have a really easy to follow course curriculum

like I mean everything is laid out Step A to Z and we break up the the video content into a way where you can skip around and navigate really easily so that you won't have to watch every single video fresh materials Updated regularly we rebuild it on an annual basis in full and then we're constantly adding new materials so anytime new strategies are coming up or if we've got a new case study with a student uh a certain type of Outreach they did boom we're giving that right back to you guys immediately we've got a

results back guarantee so you know we try and take that risk off of you because I know how scary it is to start start this business in the first place And then if you're going to pay to get some extra help that's even scarier so the way in which we kind of navigate that for you is by yeah putting our money where M this so now I'm going to roll a quick video I recorded this video when I rebuilt our program the last time just a couple of months back and you're going to really see

the Insight of you know how much time and effort and energy we put into this every year and like we do this every year and I think this is Important because this is a fast-paced landscape you know social media marketing now is not the same as it's going to be in a year from now so it's really important that you're learning upto-date new materials so watch that you'll get a good understanding of yeah everything that went into it and what goes into it on a continual [Music] basis it's Sunday we just wrapped up 2 and

1/2 hours of planning more of the Content next step is to script out all the videos get one of our slides ready make it very good very professional and the next step is to record all right so plan script record planning is actually the really hard bit right because we are literally planning how do we make this thing so good that when somebody comes in and they go from a video one all the way to video Z the very final video it all makes sense it's all easy to follow and then that they Actually get

results which we've done a really good job of that with the previous versions of our program it's just that we know we can make it better right like you guys have seen we have so many results right over 100 people on my website that have made anywhere from 5 to 30k per month 100 people in that range yet we're still here sitting here thinking how can we get better it's kind of insane it do want to recording this video now because it's a Sunday we don't Have to do this but we're doing it and I

think there's something really beautiful about that fact that we don't have to do this and we are doing it so yeah we've got a a fun time ahead of us there's going to be a couple days of me recording where I will guaranteed lose my voice because I'll be speaking for 10 12 hours a day all right here we are deep in the rebuild session number two there's Ty Student Success manager putting in the Work we are about 40 minutes deep into a little work block we're going to spend 5 hours today we did 5

hours yesterday and Ty was literally just saying so Ty is our Student Success manager if you don't know him already literally was just saying that we've spent close to 6 or seven hours already and we haven't even started building out new content we're literally just spending time planning it because if we don't plan it correctly the content is not going to be as easy To follow and that is what we're trying to do make it easy to go from A to Z so that if you join our program you have literally no doubts you heard

step a step B step C full detail action items checklist everything you know exactly what's we're about halfway through the rebuild right now rebuild is going incredibly well one thing we've really tried to do with this is put a lot more focus on the quality of the video and the audio so that the watching Experience right for the video content is actually more enjoyable which means more people will actually watch it and if more people watch it more people should action the information and take results one thing we do with our students is that if

you're in a current version of our program for example our first ever 1.0 or our 2.0 last year you get upgraded to the newest versions so that's one of the cool things is that you always get the future upgrades even If you paid a much much lower price Back 2 years ago you're still getting the new material so you get lifetime to the content updates all right guys so today is the last video of recording for the 3.0 rebuild it was not meant to be today it was meant to be last night I recorded 1

and 1/2 hours of trainings and the zoom file corrupted it just didn't convert I've tried a bunch of different methods to try and fix it and what I've realized Is I've spent probably 30 to 40 minutes trying to figure out how to fix it whereas I could just go ahead and re-record it so that's exactly what I'm going to do I thought I wouldn't have to wear this green shirt again but I'm back it's on and we're going to get the re-recording done and then we are good to go that means the 3.0 is pretty

much done so this is just a really really quick preview of the 3.0 program just to show you guys what we've added in here So we actually now provide a certification so that when you complete the program we literally give you a certification we had people do this in the past but we did it on an ad hoc basis now anyone can get it as you guys know our coaching in community this is how you get results right the 3.0 course is just part of what we offer the main benefit is group coaching calls a

small private tight-knit community and most importantly your private one toone group Chat with me and our Student Success manager that's where you really get the results so some of the stuff we have added in uh We've added a lot more content on mindset as we've we've really learned that the biggest struggle for most people is not knowing what to do it's actually doing the work so we've added a lot of really deep content um I know that's going to help a lot of people we spent more time breaking down the business model for those of

you that Are beginners and you actually don't fully know how the business works okay so everything from understanding it why this opportunity works and why someone would actually pay for services online so everything you need to pick your service everything you you need to know about picking a niche sometimes you don't need a niche and we talk about that in here literally the cheat sheet of how to build an offer so how to build out packages and what that should look Like you see there's literally so much more right Outreach is absolutely massive there's like

30 videos in here alone sales probably about 10 trainings in there tax and legal setup training everything you need to know about hiring who to hire and yeah so much more we do this because we care we actually want our students to get results and I know a lot of people say that and they're like oh yeah you know I want to help as many people as possible we truly do we've Seen the transformation that people go through and to see someone go from zero to becoming the person and then making 5 10 15K a

month online like that is such a wild transformation and to be able to give that transformation to people or to at least facilitate it is it's so worth it like it really really does give us a real true sense of fulfillment and so just to remind you that everything we've gone through today and the students I work with they don't have to work 12 12 Hours a day some choose to work 12 hours a day but we have had students like so many of them I can think of off the top of my head that

have come in with one or two hours a day really tight schedule you know alongside college or their job or maybe they're out of a job but they just don't want to dump 10 hours a day into this or they're traveling or something and you can make it work with that time because we're going to give you the revenue generating activities We're going to make it so clear that you know exactly what you need to do in 1 to two hours a day for you to not get results would be really damn difficult the only

way that happens is if you just give up I'm not going to put any pressure on you all right as you can imagine through our social media through our Tik Tok Instagram and emails and all the places we post we get a lot of applications every month so there's no pressure for you to join us but if you'd Like more information or you'd like to at least just have a quick call with us to figure out yeah give me some more info let me see if it's if it aligns with my values let me see

if it kind of aligns with the type of you know person I want to work with cool you can book a call with us there'll be a link in the description of the video you can check that out and Yeah enjoy I hopefully you got value from this free course I had a lot of fun recording it and I'm looking Forward to seeing you in future videos and potentially inside of the program